Mode Setting Helper Functions¶
The DRM subsystem aims for a strong separation between core code and helperlibraries. Core code takes care of general setup and teardown and decodinguserspace requests to kernel internal objects. Everything else is handled by alarge set of helper libraries, which can be combined freely to pick and choosefor each driver what fits, and avoid shared code where special behaviour isneeded.
This distinction between core code and helpers is especially strong in themodesetting code, where there’s a shared userspace ABI for all drivers. This isin contrast to the render side, where pretty much everything (with very fewexceptions) can be considered optional helper code.
There are a few areas these helpers can grouped into:
- Helpers to implement modesetting. The important ones here are the atomichelpers. Old drivers still often use the legacy CRTC helpers. They both sharethe same set of common helper vtables. For really simple drivers (anythingthat would have been a great fit in the deprecated fbdev subsystem) there’salso the simple display pipe helpers.
- There’s a big pile of helpers for handling outputs. First the generic bridgehelpers for handling encoder and transcoder IP blocks. Second the panel helpersfor handling panel-related information and logic. Plus then a big set ofhelpers for the various sink standards (DisplayPort, HDMI, MIPI DSI). Finallythere’s also generic helpers for handling output probing, and for dealing withEDIDs.
- The last group of helpers concerns itself with the frontend side of a displaypipeline: Planes, handling rectangles for visibility checking and scissoring,flip queues and assorted bits.
Modeset Helper Reference for Common Vtables¶
The DRM mode setting helper functions are common code for drivers to use ifthey wish. Drivers are not forced to use this code in theirimplementations but it would be useful if the code they do use at leastprovides a consistent interface and operation to userspace. Therefore it ishighly recommended to use the provided helpers as much as possible.
Because there is only one pointer per modeset object to hold a vfunc tablefor helper libraries they are by necessity shared among the differenthelpers.
To make this clear all the helper vtables are pulled together in this location here.
- struct
drm_crtc_helper_funcs¶ helper operations for CRTCs
Definition
struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs { void (*dpms)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, int mode); void (*prepare)(struct drm_crtc *crtc); void (*commit)(struct drm_crtc *crtc); enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, const struct drm_display_mode *mode); bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_crtc *crtc,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode); int (*mode_set)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_display_mode *mode,struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode, int x, int y, struct drm_framebuffer *old_fb); void (*mode_set_nofb)(struct drm_crtc *crtc); int (*mode_set_base)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, int x, int y, struct drm_framebuffer *old_fb); int (*mode_set_base_atomic)(struct drm_crtc *crtc,struct drm_framebuffer *fb, int x, int y, enum mode_set_atomic); void (*disable)(struct drm_crtc *crtc); int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *state); void (*atomic_begin)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *old_crtc_state); void (*atomic_flush)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *old_crtc_state); void (*atomic_enable)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *old_crtc_state); void (*atomic_disable)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *old_crtc_state); bool (*get_scanout_position)(struct drm_crtc *crtc,bool in_vblank_irq, int *vpos, int *hpos,ktime_t *stime, ktime_t *etime, const struct drm_display_mode *mode);};Members
dpmsCallback to control power levels on the CRTC. If the mode passed inis unsupported, the provider must use the next lowest power level.This is used by the legacy CRTC helpers to implement DPMSfunctionality in
drm_helper_connector_dpms().This callback is also used to disable a CRTC by calling it withDRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF if thedisable hook isn’t used.
This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpersalso support using this hook for enabling and disabling a CRTC tofacilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Insteadatomic_enable andatomic_disable should be used.
prepareThis callback should prepare the CRTC for a subsequent modeset, whichin practice means the driver should disable the CRTC if it isrunning. Most drivers ended up implementing this by calling theirdpms hook with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF.
This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpersalso support using this hook for disabling a CRTC to facilitatetransitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Insteadatomic_disableshould be used.
commitThis callback should commit the new mode on the CRTC after a modeset,which in practice means the driver should enable the CRTC. Mostdrivers ended up implementing this by calling theirdpms hook withDRM_MODE_DPMS_ON.
This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpersalso support using this hook for enabling a CRTC to facilitatetransitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Insteadatomic_enableshould be used.
mode_validThis callback is used to check if a specific mode is valid in thiscrtc. This should be implemented if the crtc has some sort ofrestriction in the modes it can display. For example, a given crtcmay be responsible to set a clock value. If the clock can notproduce all the values for the available modes then this callbackcan be used to restrict the number of modes to only the ones thatcan be displayed.
This hook is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list in
drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(), and it is used by theatomic helpers to validate modes supplied by userspace indrm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().This function is optional.
NOTE:
Since this function is both called from the check phase of an atomiccommit, and the mode validation in the probe paths it is not allowedto look at anything else but the passed-in mode, and validate itagainst configuration-invariant hardward constraints. Any furtherlimits which depend upon the configuration can only be checked inmode_fixup oratomic_check.
RETURNS:
drm_mode_status Enum
mode_fixupThis callback is used to validate a mode. The parameter mode is thedisplay mode that userspace requested, adjusted_mode is the mode theencoders need to be fed with. Note that this is the inverse semanticsof the meaning for the
drm_encoderanddrm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixupvfunc. If the CRTC cannot support the requested conversion from modeto adjusted_mode it should reject the modeset. See alsodrm_crtc_state.adjusted_modefor more details.This function is used by both legacy CRTC helpers and atomic helpers.With atomic helpers it is optional.
NOTE:
This function is called in the check phase of atomic modesets, whichcan be aborted for any reason (including on userspace’s request tojust check whether a configuration would be possible). Atomic driversMUST NOT touch any persistent state (hardware or software) or datastructures except the passed in adjusted_mode parameter.
This is in contrast to the legacy CRTC helpers where this wasallowed.
Atomic drivers which need to inspect and adjust more state shouldinstead use theatomic_check callback, but note that they’re notperfectly equivalent:mode_valid is called from
drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(), butatomic_check is called fromdrm_atomic_helper_check_planes(), because originally it was meant forplane update checks only.Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neithercore nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported bythe GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in
drm_connector.modes. To ensurethat modes are filtered consistently put any CRTC constraints andlimits checks intomode_valid.RETURNS:
True if an acceptable configuration is possible, false if the modesetoperation should be rejected.
mode_setThis callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers to set a new mode,position and framebuffer. Since it ties the primary plane to everymode change it is incompatible with universal plane support. Andsince it can’t update other planes it’s incompatible with atomicmodeset support.
This callback is only used by CRTC helpers and deprecated.
RETURNS:
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
mode_set_nofbThis callback is used to update the display mode of a CRTC withoutchanging anything of the primary plane configuration. This fits therequirement of atomic and hence is used by the atomic helpers. It isalso used by the transitional plane helpers to implement amode_set hook in drm_helper_crtc_mode_set().
Note that the display pipe is completely off when this function iscalled. Atomic drivers which need hardware to be running before theyprogram the new display mode (e.g. because they implement runtime PM)should not use this hook. This is because the helper library callsthis hook only once per mode change and not every time the displaypipeline is suspended using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property.Which means register values set in this callback might get reset whenthe CRTC is suspended, but not restored. Such drivers should insteadmove all their CRTC setup into theatomic_enable callback.
This callback is optional.
mode_set_baseThis callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers to set a newframebuffer and scanout position. It is optional and used as anoptimized fast-path instead of a full mode set operation with all theresulting flickering. If it is not present
drm_crtc_helper_set_config()will fall back to a full modeset, usingthemode_set callback. Since it can’t update other planes it’sincompatible with atomic modeset support.This callback is only used by the CRTC helpers and deprecated.
RETURNS:
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
mode_set_base_atomicThis callback is used by the fbdev helpers to set a new framebufferand scanout without sleeping, i.e. from an atomic calling context. Itis only used to implement kgdb support.
This callback is optional and only needed for kgdb support in the fbdevhelpers.
RETURNS:
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
disableThis callback should be used to disable the CRTC. With the atomicdrivers it is called after all encoders connected to this CRTC havebeen shut off already using their own
drm_encoder_helper_funcs.disablehook. If that sequence is toosimple drivers can just add their own hooks and call it from thisCRTC callback here by looping over all encoders connected to it usingfor_each_encoder_on_crtc().This hook is used both by legacy CRTC helpers and atomic helpers.Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need todisable anything at the CRTC level. To ensure that runtime PMhandling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) worksdisable must be the inverse ofatomic_enable for atomic drivers.Atomic drivers should consider to useatomic_disable instead ofthis one.
NOTE:
With legacy CRTC helpers there’s a big semantic difference betweendisable and other hooks (likeprepare ordpms) used to shut down aCRTC:disable is only called when also logically disabling thedisplay pipeline and needs to release any resources acquired inmode_set (like shared PLLs, or again release pinned framebuffers).
Thereforedisable must be the inverse ofmode_set pluscommit fordrivers still using legacy CRTC helpers, which is different from therules under atomic.
atomic_checkDrivers should check plane-update related CRTC constraints in thishook. They can also check mode related limitations but need to beaware of the calling order, since this hook is used by
drm_atomic_helper_check_planes()whereas the preparations needed tocheck output routing and the display mode is done indrm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(). Therefore drivers that want tocheck output routing and display mode constraints in this callbackmust ensure thatdrm_atomic_helper_check_modeset()has been calledbeforehand. This is calling order used by the default helperimplementation indrm_atomic_helper_check().When using
drm_atomic_helper_check_planes()this hook is calledafter thedrm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_checkhook for planes, whichallows drivers to assign shared resources requested by planes in thiscallback here. For more complicated dependencies the driver can callthe provided check helpers multiple times until the computed statehas a final configuration and everything has been checked.This function is also allowed to inspect any other object’s state andcan add more state objects to the atomic commit if needed. Care mustbe taken though to ensure that state check and compute functions forthese added states are all called, and derived state in other objectsall updated. Again the recommendation is to just call check helpersuntil a maximal configuration is reached.
This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by thetransitional plane helpers, but it is optional.
NOTE:
This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. Thedriver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standingstate objects passed-in or assembled in the overall
drm_atomic_stateupdate tracking structure.Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neithercore nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported bythe GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in
drm_connector.modes. To ensurethat modes are filtered consistently put any CRTC constraints andlimits checks intomode_valid.RETURNS:
0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t besupported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if anattempt to obtain another state object ran into a
drm_modeset_lockdeadlock.atomic_beginDrivers should prepare for an atomic update of multiple planes ona CRTC in this hook. Depending upon hardware this might be vblankevasion, blocking updates by setting bits or doing preparatory workfor e.g. manual update display.
This hook is called before any plane commit functions are called.
Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function iscalled depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driverhas picked. See
drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes()for a discussion ofthe tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by thetransitional plane helpers, but it is optional.
atomic_flushDrivers should finalize an atomic update of multiple planes ona CRTC in this hook. Depending upon hardware this might includechecking that vblank evasion was successful, unblocking updates bysetting bits or setting the GO bit to flush out all updates.
Simple hardware or hardware with special requirements can commit andflush out all updates for all planes from this hook and forgo all theother commit hooks for plane updates.
This hook is called after any plane commit functions are called.
Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function iscalled depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driverhas picked. See
drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes()for a discussion ofthe tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by thetransitional plane helpers, but it is optional.
atomic_enableThis callback should be used to enable the CRTC. With the atomicdrivers it is called before all encoders connected to this CRTC areenabled through the encoder’s own
drm_encoder_helper_funcs.enablehook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their ownhooks and call it from this CRTC callback here by looping over allencoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().This hook is used only by atomic helpers, for symmetry withatomic_disable. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’sno need to enable anything at the CRTC level. To ensure that runtimePM handling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) worksatomic_enable must be the inverse ofatomic_disable for atomicdrivers.
Drivers can use theold_crtc_state input parameter if the operationsneeded to enable the CRTC don’t depend solely on the new state butalso on the transition between the old state and the new state.
This function is optional.
atomic_disableThis callback should be used to disable the CRTC. With the atomicdrivers it is called after all encoders connected to this CRTC havebeen shut off already using their own
drm_encoder_helper_funcs.disablehook. If that sequence is toosimple drivers can just add their own hooks and call it from thisCRTC callback here by looping over all encoders connected to it usingfor_each_encoder_on_crtc().This hook is used only by atomic helpers. Atomic drivers don’tneed to implement it if there’s no need to disable anything at theCRTC level.
Comparing todisable, this one provides the additional inputparameterold_crtc_state which could be used to access the oldstate. Atomic drivers should consider to use this one insteadofdisable.
This function is optional.
get_scanout_positionCalled by vblank timestamping code.
Returns the current display scanout position from a CRTC and anoptional accurate
ktime_get()timestamp of when the position wasmeasured. Note that this is a helper callback which is only usedif a driver usesdrm_crtc_vblank_helper_get_vblank_timestamp()for thedrm_crtc_funcs.get_vblank_timestamp callback.Parameters:
- crtc:
- The CRTC.
- in_vblank_irq:
- True when called from
drm_crtc_handle_vblank(). Some driversneed to apply some workarounds for gpu-specific vblank irqquirks if the flag is set. - vpos:
- Target location for current vertical scanout position.
- hpos:
- Target location for current horizontal scanout position.
- stime:
- Target location for timestamp taken immediately beforescanout position query. Can be NULL to skip timestamp.
- etime:
- Target location for timestamp taken immediately afterscanout position query. Can be NULL to skip timestamp.
- mode:
- Current display timings.
Returns vpos as a positive number while in active scanout area.Returns vpos as a negative number inside vblank, counting the numberof scanlines to go until end of vblank, e.g., -1 means “one scanlineuntil start of active scanout / end of vblank.”
Returns:
True on success, false if a reliable scanout position counter couldnot be read out.
Description
These hooks are used by the legacy CRTC helpers, the transitional planehelpers and the new atomic modesetting helpers.
- void
drm_crtc_helper_add(structdrm_crtc * crtc, const structdrm_crtc_helper_funcs * funcs)¶ sets the helper vtable for a crtc
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- DRM CRTC
conststructdrm_crtc_helper_funcs*funcs- helper vtable to set forcrtc
- struct
drm_encoder_helper_funcs¶ helper operations for encoders
Definition
struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs { void (*dpms)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, int mode); enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_encoder *crtc, const struct drm_display_mode *mode); bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode); void (*prepare)(struct drm_encoder *encoder); void (*commit)(struct drm_encoder *encoder); void (*mode_set)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,struct drm_display_mode *mode, struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode); void (*atomic_mode_set)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_connector_state *conn_state); enum drm_connector_status (*detect)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, struct drm_connector *connector); void (*atomic_disable)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, struct drm_atomic_state *state); void (*atomic_enable)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, struct drm_atomic_state *state); void (*disable)(struct drm_encoder *encoder); void (*enable)(struct drm_encoder *encoder); int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_connector_state *conn_state);};Members
dpmsCallback to control power levels on the encoder. If the mode passed inis unsupported, the provider must use the next lowest power level.This is used by the legacy encoder helpers to implement DPMSfunctionality in
drm_helper_connector_dpms().This callback is also used to disable an encoder by calling it withDRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF if thedisable hook isn’t used.
This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpersalso support using this hook for enabling and disabling an encoder tofacilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Insteadenable anddisable should be used.
mode_validThis callback is used to check if a specific mode is valid in thisencoder. This should be implemented if the encoder has some sortof restriction in the modes it can display. For example, a givenencoder may be responsible to set a clock value. If the clock cannot produce all the values for the available modes then this callbackcan be used to restrict the number of modes to only the ones thatcan be displayed.
This hook is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list in
drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(), and it is used by theatomic helpers to validate modes supplied by userspace indrm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().This function is optional.
NOTE:
Since this function is both called from the check phase of an atomiccommit, and the mode validation in the probe paths it is not allowedto look at anything else but the passed-in mode, and validate itagainst configuration-invariant hardward constraints. Any furtherlimits which depend upon the configuration can only be checked inmode_fixup oratomic_check.
RETURNS:
drm_mode_status Enum
mode_fixupThis callback is used to validate and adjust a mode. The parametermode is the display mode that should be fed to the next element inthe display chain, either the final
drm_connectoror adrm_bridge.The parameter adjusted_mode is the input mode the encoder requires. Itcan be modified by this callback and does not need to match mode. Seealsodrm_crtc_state.adjusted_modefor more details.This function is used by both legacy CRTC helpers and atomic helpers.This hook is optional.
NOTE:
This function is called in the check phase of atomic modesets, whichcan be aborted for any reason (including on userspace’s request tojust check whether a configuration would be possible). Atomic driversMUST NOT touch any persistent state (hardware or software) or datastructures except the passed in adjusted_mode parameter.
This is in contrast to the legacy CRTC helpers where this wasallowed.
Atomic drivers which need to inspect and adjust more state shouldinstead use theatomic_check callback. Ifatomic_check is used,this hook isn’t called sinceatomic_check allows a strict supersetof the functionality ofmode_fixup.
Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neithercore nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported bythe GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in
drm_connector.modes. To ensurethat modes are filtered consistently put any encoder constraints andlimits checks intomode_valid.RETURNS:
True if an acceptable configuration is possible, false if the modesetoperation should be rejected.
prepareThis callback should prepare the encoder for a subsequent modeset,which in practice means the driver should disable the encoder if itis running. Most drivers ended up implementing this by calling theirdpms hook with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF.
This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpersalso support using this hook for disabling an encoder to facilitatetransitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Insteaddisable shouldbe used.
commitThis callback should commit the new mode on the encoder after a modeset,which in practice means the driver should enable the encoder. Mostdrivers ended up implementing this by calling theirdpms hook withDRM_MODE_DPMS_ON.
This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpersalso support using this hook for enabling an encoder to facilitatetransitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Insteadenable shouldbe used.
mode_setThis callback is used to update the display mode of an encoder.
Note that the display pipe is completely off when this function iscalled. Drivers which need hardware to be running before they programthe new display mode (because they implement runtime PM) should notuse this hook, because the helper library calls it only once and notevery time the display pipeline is suspend using either DPMS or thenew “ACTIVE” property. Such drivers should instead move all theirencoder setup into theenable callback.
This callback is used both by the legacy CRTC helpers and the atomicmodeset helpers. It is optional in the atomic helpers.
NOTE:
If the driver uses the atomic modeset helpers and needs to inspectthe connector state or connector display info during mode setting,atomic_mode_set can be used instead.
atomic_mode_setThis callback is used to update the display mode of an encoder.
Note that the display pipe is completely off when this function iscalled. Drivers which need hardware to be running before they programthe new display mode (because they implement runtime PM) should notuse this hook, because the helper library calls it only once and notevery time the display pipeline is suspended using either DPMS or thenew “ACTIVE” property. Such drivers should instead move all theirencoder setup into theenable callback.
This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers in place of themode_set callback, if set by the driver. It is optional and shouldbe used instead ofmode_set if the driver needs to inspect theconnector state or display info, since there is no direct way togo from the encoder to the current connector.
detectThis callback can be used by drivers who want to do detection on theencoder object instead of in connector functions.
It is not used by any helper and therefore has purely driver-specificsemantics. New drivers shouldn’t use this and instead just implementtheir own private callbacks.
FIXME:
This should just be converted into a pile of driver vfuncs.Currently radeon, amdgpu and nouveau are using it.
atomic_disableThis callback should be used to disable the encoder. With the atomicdrivers it is called before this encoder’s CRTC has been shut offusing their own
drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_disablehook. If thatsequence is too simple drivers can just add their own driver privateencoder hooks and call them from CRTC’s callback by looping over allencoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().This callback is a variant ofdisable that provides the atomic stateto the driver. Ifatomic_disable is implemented,disable is notcalled by the helpers.
This hook is only used by atomic helpers. Atomic drivers don’t needto implement it if there’s no need to disable anything at the encoderlevel. To ensure that runtime PM handling (using either DPMS or thenew “ACTIVE” property) worksatomic_disable must be the inverse ofatomic_enable.
atomic_enableThis callback should be used to enable the encoder. It is calledafter this encoder’s CRTC has been enabled using their own
drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_enablehook. If that sequence istoo simple drivers can just add their own driver private encoderhooks and call them from CRTC’s callback by looping over all encodersconnected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().This callback is a variant ofenable that provides the atomic stateto the driver. Ifatomic_enable is implemented,enable is notcalled by the helpers.
This hook is only used by atomic helpers, it is the opposite ofatomic_disable. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’sno need to enable anything at the encoder level. To ensure thatruntime PM handling worksatomic_enable must be the inverse ofatomic_disable.
disableThis callback should be used to disable the encoder. With the atomicdrivers it is called before this encoder’s CRTC has been shut offusing their own
drm_crtc_helper_funcs.disablehook. If thatsequence is too simple drivers can just add their own driver privateencoder hooks and call them from CRTC’s callback by looping over allencoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().This hook is used both by legacy CRTC helpers and atomic helpers.Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need todisable anything at the encoder level. To ensure that runtime PMhandling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) worksdisable must be the inverse ofenable for atomic drivers.
For atomic drivers also consideratomic_disable and save yourselffrom having to read the NOTE below!
NOTE:
With legacy CRTC helpers there’s a big semantic difference betweendisable and other hooks (likeprepare ordpms) used to shut down aencoder:disable is only called when also logically disabling thedisplay pipeline and needs to release any resources acquired inmode_set (like shared PLLs, or again release pinned framebuffers).
Thereforedisable must be the inverse ofmode_set pluscommit fordrivers still using legacy CRTC helpers, which is different from therules under atomic.
enableThis callback should be used to enable the encoder. With the atomicdrivers it is called after this encoder’s CRTC has been enabled usingtheir own
drm_crtc_helper_funcs.enablehook. If that sequence istoo simple drivers can just add their own driver private encoderhooks and call them from CRTC’s callback by looping over all encodersconnected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().This hook is only used by atomic helpers, it is the opposite ofdisable. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s noneed to enable anything at the encoder level. To ensure thatruntime PM handling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property)worksenable must be the inverse ofdisable for atomic drivers.
atomic_checkThis callback is used to validate encoder state for atomic drivers.Since the encoder is the object connecting the CRTC and connector itgets passed both states, to be able to validate interactions andupdate the CRTC to match what the encoder needs for the requestedconnector.
Since this provides a strict superset of the functionality ofmode_fixup (the requested and adjusted modes are both availablethrough the passed in
structdrm_crtc_state)mode_fixup is notcalled whenatomic_check is implemented.This function is used by the atomic helpers, but it is optional.
NOTE:
This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. Thedriver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standingstate objects passed-in or assembled in the overall
drm_atomic_stateupdate tracking structure.Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neithercore nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported bythe GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in
drm_connector.modes. To ensurethat modes are filtered consistently put any encoder constraints andlimits checks intomode_valid.RETURNS:
0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t besupported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if anattempt to obtain another state object ran into a
drm_modeset_lockdeadlock.
Description
These hooks are used by the legacy CRTC helpers, the transitional planehelpers and the new atomic modesetting helpers.
- void
drm_encoder_helper_add(structdrm_encoder * encoder, const structdrm_encoder_helper_funcs * funcs)¶ sets the helper vtable for an encoder
Parameters
structdrm_encoder*encoder- DRM encoder
conststructdrm_encoder_helper_funcs*funcs- helper vtable to set forencoder
- struct
drm_connector_helper_funcs¶ helper operations for connectors
Definition
struct drm_connector_helper_funcs { int (*get_modes)(struct drm_connector *connector); int (*detect_ctx)(struct drm_connector *connector,struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx, bool force); enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_display_mode *mode); int (*mode_valid_ctx)(struct drm_connector *connector,struct drm_display_mode *mode,struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx, enum drm_mode_status *status); struct drm_encoder *(*best_encoder)(struct drm_connector *connector); struct drm_encoder *(*atomic_best_encoder)(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_connector_state *connector_state); int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_atomic_state *state); void (*atomic_commit)(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_connector_state *state); int (*prepare_writeback_job)(struct drm_writeback_connector *connector, struct drm_writeback_job *job); void (*cleanup_writeback_job)(struct drm_writeback_connector *connector, struct drm_writeback_job *job);};Members
get_modesThis function should fill in all modes currently valid for the sinkinto the
drm_connector.probed_modeslist. It should also update theEDID property by callingdrm_connector_update_edid_property().The usual way to implement this is to cache the EDID retrieved in theprobe callback somewhere in the driver-private connector structure.In this function drivers then parse the modes in the EDID and addthem by calling
drm_add_edid_modes(). But connectors that driver afixed panel can also manually add specific modes usingdrm_mode_probed_add(). Drivers which manually add modes should alsomake sure that thedrm_connector.display_info,drm_connector.width_mmanddrm_connector.height_mmfields arefilled in.Virtual drivers that just want some standard VESA mode with a givenresolution can call
drm_add_modes_noedid(), and mark the preferredone usingdrm_set_preferred_mode().This function is only called after thedetect hook has indicatedthat a sink is connected and when the EDID isn’t overridden throughsysfs or the kernel commandline.
This callback is used by the probe helpers in e.g.
drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes().To avoid races with concurrent connector state updates, the helperlibraries always call this with the
drm_mode_config.connection_mutexheld. Because of this it’s safe to inspectdrm_connector->state.RETURNS:
The number of modes added by calling
drm_mode_probed_add().detect_ctxCheck to see if anything is attached to the connector. The parameterforce is set to false whilst polling, true when checking theconnector due to a user request. force can be used by the driver toavoid expensive, destructive operations during automated probing.
This callback is optional, if not implemented the connector will beconsidered as always being attached.
This is the atomic version of
drm_connector_funcs.detect.To avoid races against concurrent connector state updates, thehelper libraries always call this with ctx set to a valid context,and
drm_mode_config.connection_mutexwill always be locked withthe ctx parameter set to this ctx. This allows taking additionallocks as required.RETURNS:
drm_connector_statusindicating the connector’s status,or the error code returned bydrm_modeset_lock(), -EDEADLK.mode_validCallback to validate a mode for a connector, irrespective of thespecific display configuration.
This callback is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list(which is usually derived from the EDID data block from the sink).See e.g.
drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes().This function is optional.
NOTE:
This only filters the mode list supplied to userspace in theGETCONNECTOR IOCTL. Compared to
drm_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_valid,drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_validanddrm_bridge_funcs.mode_valid,which are also called by the atomic helpers fromdrm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(). This allows userspace to force andignore sink constraint (like the pixel clock limits in the screen’sEDID), which is useful for e.g. testing, or working around a brokenEDID. Any source hardware constraint (which always need to beenforced) therefore should be checked in one of the above callbacks,and not this one here.To avoid races with concurrent connector state updates, the helperlibraries always call this with the
drm_mode_config.connection_mutexheld. Because of this it’s safe to inspectdrm_connector->state.RETURNS:
Either
drm_mode_status.MODE_OKor one of the failure reasons inenumdrm_mode_status.mode_valid_ctxCallback to validate a mode for a connector, irrespective of thespecific display configuration.
This callback is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list(which is usually derived from the EDID data block from the sink).See e.g.
drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes().This function is optional, and is the atomic version of
drm_connector_helper_funcs.mode_valid.To allow for accessing the atomic state of modesetting objects, thehelper libraries always call this with ctx set to a valid context,and
drm_mode_config.connection_mutexwill always be locked withthe ctx parameter set toctx. This allows for taking additionallocks as required.Even though additional locks may be acquired, this callback isstill expected not to take any constraints into account which wouldbe influenced by the currently set display state - such constraintsshould be handled in the driver’s atomic check. For example, if aconnector shares display bandwidth with other connectors then itwould be ok to validate the minimum bandwidth requirement of a modeagainst the maximum possible bandwidth of the connector. But itwouldn’t be ok to take the current bandwidth usage of otherconnectors into account, as this would change depending on thedisplay state.
Returns:0 if
drm_connector_helper_funcs.mode_valid_ctxsucceeded and wrotetheenumdrm_mode_statusvalue tostatus, or a negative errorcode otherwise.best_encoderThis function should select the best encoder for the given connector.
This function is used by both the atomic helpers (in the
drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset()function) and in the legacy CRTChelpers.NOTE:
In atomic drivers this function is called in the check phase of anatomic update. The driver is not allowed to change or inspectanything outside of arguments passed-in. Atomic drivers which need toinspect dynamic configuration state should instead useatomic_best_encoder.
You can leave this function to NULL if the connector is onlyattached to a single encoder. In this case, the core will calldrm_connector_get_single_encoder() for you.
RETURNS:
Encoder that should be used for the given connector and connectorstate, or NULL if no suitable encoder exists. Note that the helperswill ensure that encoders aren’t used twice, drivers should not checkfor this.
atomic_best_encoderThis is the atomic version ofbest_encoder for atomic drivers whichneed to select the best encoder depending upon the desiredconfiguration and can’t select it statically.
This function is used by
drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().If it is not implemented, the core will fallback tobest_encoder(or drm_connector_get_single_encoder() ifbest_encoder is NULL).NOTE:
This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. Thedriver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standingstate objects passed-in or assembled in the overall
drm_atomic_stateupdate tracking structure.RETURNS:
Encoder that should be used for the given connector and connectorstate, or NULL if no suitable encoder exists. Note that the helperswill ensure that encoders aren’t used twice, drivers should not checkfor this.
atomic_checkThis hook is used to validate connector state. This function iscalled from
drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset, and is called whena connector property is set, or a modeset on the crtc is forced.Because
drm_atomic_helper_check_modesetmay be called multiple times,this function should handle being called multiple times as well.This function is also allowed to inspect any other object’s state andcan add more state objects to the atomic commit if needed. Care mustbe taken though to ensure that state check and compute functions forthese added states are all called, and derived state in other objectsall updated. Again the recommendation is to just call check helpersuntil a maximal configuration is reached.
NOTE:
This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. Thedriver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standingstate objects passed-in or assembled in the overall
drm_atomic_stateupdate tracking structure.RETURNS:
0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t besupported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if anattempt to obtain another state object ran into a
drm_modeset_lockdeadlock.atomic_commitThis hook is to be used by drivers implementing writeback connectorsthat need a point when to commit the writeback job to the hardware.The writeback_job to commit is available in
drm_connector_state.writeback_job.This hook is optional.
This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers.
prepare_writeback_jobAs writeback jobs contain a framebuffer, drivers may need toprepare and clean them up the same way they can prepare andclean up framebuffers for planes. This optional connector operationis used to support the preparation of writeback jobs. The jobprepare operation is called from
drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes()for structdrm_writeback_connectorconnectors only.This operation is optional.
This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers.
cleanup_writeback_jobThis optional connector operation is used to support thecleanup of writeback jobs. The job cleanup operation is calledfrom the existing drm_writeback_cleanup_job() function, invokedboth when destroying the job as part of an aborted commit, or whenthe job completes.
This operation is optional.
This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers.
Description
These functions are used by the atomic and legacy modeset helpers and by theprobe helpers.
- void
drm_connector_helper_add(structdrm_connector * connector, const structdrm_connector_helper_funcs * funcs)¶ sets the helper vtable for a connector
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- DRM connector
conststructdrm_connector_helper_funcs*funcs- helper vtable to set forconnector
- struct
drm_plane_helper_funcs¶ helper operations for planes
Definition
struct drm_plane_helper_funcs { int (*prepare_fb)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *new_state); void (*cleanup_fb)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *old_state); int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *state); void (*atomic_update)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *old_state); void (*atomic_disable)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *old_state); int (*atomic_async_check)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *state); void (*atomic_async_update)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *new_state);};Members
prepare_fbThis hook is to prepare a framebuffer for scanout by e.g. pinningits backing storage or relocating it into a contiguous block ofVRAM. Other possible preparatory work includes flushing caches.
This function must not block for outstanding rendering, since it iscalled in the context of the atomic IOCTL even for async commits tobe able to return any errors to userspace. Instead the recommendedway is to fill out the
drm_plane_state.fenceof the passed-indrm_plane_state. If the driver doesn’t support native fences thenequivalent functionality should be implemented through privatemembers in the plane structure.Drivers which always have their buffers pinned should use
drm_gem_fb_prepare_fb()for this hook.The helpers will callcleanup_fb with matching arguments for everysuccessful call to this hook.
This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by thetransitional plane helpers, but it is optional.
RETURNS:
0 on success or one of the following negative error codes allowed bythe
drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_commitvfunc. When using helpersthis callback is the only one which can fail an atomic commit,everything else must complete successfully.cleanup_fbThis hook is called to clean up any resources allocated for the givenframebuffer and plane configuration inprepare_fb.
This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by thetransitional plane helpers, but it is optional.
atomic_checkDrivers should check plane specific constraints in this hook.
When using
drm_atomic_helper_check_planes()plane’satomic_checkhooks are called before the ones for CRTCs, which allows drivers torequest shared resources that the CRTC controls here. For morecomplicated dependencies the driver can call the provided check helpersmultiple times until the computed state has a final configuration andeverything has been checked.This function is also allowed to inspect any other object’s state andcan add more state objects to the atomic commit if needed. Care mustbe taken though to ensure that state check and compute functions forthese added states are all called, and derived state in other objectsall updated. Again the recommendation is to just call check helpersuntil a maximal configuration is reached.
This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by thetransitional plane helpers, but it is optional.
NOTE:
This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. Thedriver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standingstate objects passed-in or assembled in the overall
drm_atomic_stateupdate tracking structure.RETURNS:
0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t besupported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if anattempt to obtain another state object ran into a
drm_modeset_lockdeadlock.atomic_updateDrivers should use this function to update the plane state. Thishook is called in-between the
drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_beginanddrm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_flush callbacks.Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function iscalled depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driverhas picked. See
drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes()for a discussion ofthe tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by thetransitional plane helpers, but it is optional.
atomic_disableDrivers should use this function to unconditionally disable a plane.This hook is called in-between the
drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_beginanddrm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_flush callbacks. It is an alternative toatomic_update, which will be called for disabling planes, too, iftheatomic_disable hook isn’t implemented.This hook is also useful to disable planes in preparation of a modeset,by calling
drm_atomic_helper_disable_planes_on_crtc()from thedrm_crtc_helper_funcs.disablehook.Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function iscalled depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driverhas picked. See
drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes()for a discussion ofthe tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by thetransitional plane helpers, but it is optional.
atomic_async_checkDrivers should set this function pointer to check if the plane statecan be updated in a async fashion. Here async means “not vblanksynchronized”.
This hook is called by drm_atomic_async_check() to establish if agiven update can be committed asynchronously, that is, if it canjump ahead of the state currently queued for update.
RETURNS:
Return 0 on success and any error returned indicates that the updatecan not be applied in asynchronous manner.
atomic_async_updateDrivers should set this function pointer to perform asynchronousupdates of planes, that is, jump ahead of the currently queuedstate and update the plane. Here async means “not vblanksynchronized”.
This hook is called by
drm_atomic_helper_async_commit().An async update will happen on legacy cursor updates. An asyncupdate won’t happen if there is an outstanding commit modifyingthe same plane.
Note that unlike
drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_updatethis hooktakes the newdrm_plane_stateas parameter. When doing async_updatedrivers shouldn’t replace thedrm_plane_statebut update thecurrent one with the new plane configurations in the newplane_state.Drivers should also swap the framebuffers between current planestate (
drm_plane.state) and new_state.This is required since cleanup for async commits is performed onthe new state, rather than old state like for traditional commits.Since we want to give up the reference on the current (old) fbinstead of our brand new one, swap them in the driver during theasync commit.- FIXME:
- It only works for single plane updates
- Async Pageflips are not supported yet
- Some hw might still scan out the old buffer until the nextvblank, however we let go of the fb references as soon aswe run this hook. For now drivers must implement their own workersfor deferring if needed, until a common solution is created.
Description
These functions are used by the atomic helpers and by the transitional planehelpers.
- void
drm_plane_helper_add(structdrm_plane * plane, const structdrm_plane_helper_funcs * funcs)¶ sets the helper vtable for a plane
Parameters
structdrm_plane*plane- DRM plane
conststructdrm_plane_helper_funcs*funcs- helper vtable to set forplane
- struct
drm_mode_config_helper_funcs¶ global modeset helper operations
Definition
struct drm_mode_config_helper_funcs { void (*atomic_commit_tail)(struct drm_atomic_state *state);};Members
atomic_commit_tailThis hook is used by the default atomic_commit() hook implemented in
drm_atomic_helper_commit()together with the nonblocking commithelpers (seedrm_atomic_helper_setup_commit()for a starting point)to implement blocking and nonblocking commits easily. It is not usedby the atomic helpersThis function is called when the new atomic state has already beenswapped into the various state pointers. The passed in statetherefore contains copies of the old/previous state. This hook shouldcommit the new state into hardware. Note that the helpers havealready waited for preceeding atomic commits and fences, but driverscan add more waiting calls at the start of their implementation, e.g.to wait for driver-internal request for implicit syncing, beforestarting to commit the update to the hardware.
After the atomic update is committed to the hardware this hook needsto call
drm_atomic_helper_commit_hw_done(). Then wait for the upateto be executed by the hardware, for example usingdrm_atomic_helper_wait_for_vblanks()ordrm_atomic_helper_wait_for_flip_done(), and then clean up the oldframebuffers usingdrm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes().When disabling a CRTC this hook _must_ stall for the commit tocomplete. Vblank waits don’t work on disabled CRTC, hence the corecan’t take care of this. And it also can’t rely on the vblank event,since that can be signalled already when the screen shows black,which can happen much earlier than the last hardware access needed toshut off the display pipeline completely.
This hook is optional, the default implementation is
drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail().
Description
These helper functions are used by the atomic helpers.
Atomic Modeset Helper Functions Reference¶
Overview¶
This helper library provides implementations of check and commit functions ontop of the CRTC modeset helper callbacks and the plane helper callbacks. Italso provides convenience implementations for the atomic state handlingcallbacks for drivers which don’t need to subclass the drm core structures toadd their own additional internal state.
This library also provides default implementations for the check callback indrm_atomic_helper_check() and for the commit callback withdrm_atomic_helper_commit(). But the individual stages and callbacks areexposed to allow drivers to mix and match and e.g. use the plane helpers onlytogether with a driver private modeset implementation.
This library also provides implementations for all the legacy driverinterfaces on top of the atomic interface. Seedrm_atomic_helper_set_config(),drm_atomic_helper_disable_plane(),drm_atomic_helper_disable_plane() and thevarious functions to implement set_property callbacks. New drivers must notimplement these functions themselves but must use the provided helpers.
The atomic helper uses the same function table structures as all othermodesetting helpers. See the documentation forstructdrm_crtc_helper_funcs,structdrm_encoder_helper_funcs andstructdrm_connector_helper_funcs. Italso shares thestructdrm_plane_helper_funcs function table with the planehelpers.
Implementing Asynchronous Atomic Commit¶
Nonblocking atomic commits should use structdrm_crtc_commit to sequencedifferent operations against each another. Locks, especially structdrm_modeset_lock, should not be held in worker threads or any otherasynchronous context used to commit the hardware state.
drm_atomic_helper_commit() implements the recommended sequence fornonblocking commits, usingdrm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() internally:
1. Rundrm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes(). Since this can fail and weneed to propagate out of memory/VRAM errors to userspace, it must be calledsynchronously.
2. Synchronize with any outstanding nonblocking commit worker threads whichmight be affected by the new state update. This is handled bydrm_atomic_helper_setup_commit().
Asynchronous workers need to have sufficient parallelism to be able to rundifferent atomic commits on different CRTCs in parallel. The simplest way toachieve this is by running them on thesystem_unbound_wq work queue. Notethat drivers are not required to split up atomic commits and run anindividual commit in parallel - userspace is supposed to do that if it cares.But it might be beneficial to do that for modesets, since those necessarilymust be done as one global operation, and enabling or disabling a CRTC cantake a long time. But even that is not required.
IMPORTANT: Adrm_atomic_state update for multiple CRTCs is sequencedagainst all CRTCs therein. Therefore for atomic state updates which only flipplanes the driver must not get the structdrm_crtc_state of unrelated CRTCsin its atomic check code: This would prevent committing of atomic updates tomultiple CRTCs in parallel. In general, adding additional state structuresshould be avoided as much as possible, because this reduces parallelism in(nonblocking) commits, both due to locking and due to commit sequencingrequirements.
3. The software state is updated synchronously withdrm_atomic_helper_swap_state(). Doing this under the protection of all modesetlocks means concurrent callers never see inconsistent state. Note that commitworkers do not hold any locks; their access is only coordinated throughordering. If workers would access state only through the pointers in thefree-standing state objects (currently not the case for any driver) then evenmultiple pending commits could be in-flight at the same time.
4. Schedule a work item to do all subsequent steps, using the split-outcommit helpers: a) pre-plane commit b) plane commit c) post-plane commit andthen cleaning up the framebuffers after the old framebuffer is no longerbeing displayed. The scheduled work should synchronize against other workersusing thedrm_crtc_commit infrastructure as needed. Seedrm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for more details.
Helper Functions Reference¶
drm_atomic_crtc_for_each_plane(plane,crtc)¶iterate over planes currently attached to CRTC
Parameters
plane- the loop cursor
crtc- the CRTC whose planes are iterated
Description
This iterates over the current state, useful (for example) when applyingatomic state after it has been checked and swapped. To iterate over theplanes whichwill be attached (more useful in code called fromdrm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check) seedrm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane().
drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane(plane,crtc_state)¶iterate over attached planes in new state
Parameters
plane- the loop cursor
crtc_state- the incoming CRTC state
Description
Similar to drm_crtc_for_each_plane(), but iterates the planes that will beattached if the specified state is applied. Useful during for examplein code called fromdrm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check operations, tovalidate the incoming state.
drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane_state(plane,plane_state,crtc_state)¶iterate over attached planes in new state
Parameters
plane- the loop cursor
plane_state- loop cursor for the plane’s state, must be const
crtc_state- the incoming CRTC state
Description
Similar to drm_crtc_for_each_plane(), but iterates the planes that will beattached if the specified state is applied. Useful during for examplein code called fromdrm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check operations, tovalidate the incoming state.
Compared to justdrm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane() this also fills in aconst plane_state. This is useful when a driver just wants to peek at otheractive planes on this CRTC, but does not need to change it.
- bool
drm_atomic_plane_disabling(structdrm_plane_state * old_plane_state, structdrm_plane_state * new_plane_state)¶ check whether a plane is being disabled
Parameters
structdrm_plane_state*old_plane_state- old atomic plane state
structdrm_plane_state*new_plane_state- new atomic plane state
Description
Checks the atomic state of a plane to determine whether it’s being disabledor not. This also WARNs if it detects an invalid state (both CRTC and FBneed to either both be NULL or both be non-NULL).
Return
True if the plane is being disabled, false otherwise.
- int
drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * state)¶ validate state object for modeset changes
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*state- the driver state object
Description
Check the state object to see if the requested state is physically possible.This does all the CRTC and connector related computations for an atomicupdate and adds any additional connectors needed for full modesets. It callsthe various per-object callbacks in the follow order:
drm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_best_encoderfor determining the new encoder.drm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_checkto validate the connector state.- If it’s determined a modeset is needed then all connectors on the affectedCRTC are added and
drm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_checkis run on them. drm_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_valid,drm_bridge_funcs.mode_validanddrm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_validare called on the affected components.drm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixupis called on all encoder bridges.drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_checkis called to validate any encoder state.This function is only called when the encoder will be part of a configured CRTC,it must not be used for implementing connector property validation.If this function is NULL,drm_atomic_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_fixupis calledinstead.drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_fixupis called last, to fix up the mode with CRTC constraints.
drm_crtc_state.mode_changed is set when the input mode is changed.drm_crtc_state.connectors_changed is set when a connector is added orremoved from the CRTC.drm_crtc_state.active_changed is set whendrm_crtc_state.active changes, which is used for DPMS.drm_crtc_state.no_vblank is set from the result ofdrm_dev_has_vblank().See also:drm_atomic_crtc_needs_modeset()
IMPORTANT:
Drivers which setdrm_crtc_state.mode_changed (e.g. in theirdrm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_check hooks if a plane update can’t be donewithout a full modeset) _must_ call this function afterwards after thatchange. It is permitted to call this function multiple times for the sameupdate, e.g. when thedrm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_check functions dependupon the adjusted dotclock for fifo space allocation and watermarkcomputation.
Return
Zero for success or -errno
- int
drm_atomic_helper_check_plane_state(structdrm_plane_state * plane_state, const structdrm_crtc_state * crtc_state, int min_scale, int max_scale, bool can_position, bool can_update_disabled)¶ Check plane state for validity
Parameters
structdrm_plane_state*plane_state- plane state to check
conststructdrm_crtc_state*crtc_state- CRTC state to check
intmin_scale- minimumsrc:dest scaling factor in 16.16 fixed point
intmax_scale- maximumsrc:dest scaling factor in 16.16 fixed point
boolcan_position- is it legal to position the plane such that itdoesn’t cover the entire CRTC? This will generallyonly be false for primary planes.
boolcan_update_disabled- can the plane be updated while the CRTCis disabled?
Description
Checks that a desired plane update is valid, and updates variousbits of derived state (clipped coordinates etc.). Drivers that providetheir own plane handling rather than helper-provided implementations maystill wish to call this function to avoid duplication of error checkingcode.
Return
Zero if update appears valid, error code on failure
- int
drm_atomic_helper_check_planes(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * state)¶ validate state object for planes changes
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*state- the driver state object
Description
Check the state object to see if the requested state is physically possible.This does all the plane update related checks using by calling into thedrm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_check anddrm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_checkhooks provided by the driver.
It also setsdrm_crtc_state.planes_changed to indicate that a CRTC hasupdated planes.
Return
Zero for success or -errno
- int
drm_atomic_helper_check(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * state)¶ validate state object
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*state- the driver state object
Description
Check the state object to see if the requested state is physically possible.Only CRTCs and planes have check callbacks, so for any additional (global)checking that a driver needs it can simply wrap that around this function.Drivers without such needs can directly use this as theirdrm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check callback.
This just wraps the two parts of the state checking for planes and modesetstate in the default order: First it callsdrm_atomic_helper_check_modeset()and thendrm_atomic_helper_check_planes(). The assumption is that thedrm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_check anddrm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_checkfunctions depend upon an updated adjusted_mode.clock to e.g. properly computewatermarks.
Note that zpos normalization will add all enable planes to the state whichmight not desired for some drivers.For example enable/disable of a cursor plane which have fixed zpos valuewould trigger all other enabled planes to be forced to the state change.
Return
Zero for success or -errno
- void
drm_atomic_helper_update_legacy_modeset_state(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ update legacy modeset state
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function updates all the various legacy modeset state pointers inconnectors, encoders and CRTCs. It also updates the timestamping constantsused for precise vblank timestamps by callingdrm_calc_timestamping_constants().
Drivers can use this for building their own atomic commit if they don’t havea pure helper-based modeset implementation.
Since these updates are not synchronized with lockings, only code pathscalled fromdrm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_tail can look at thelegacy state filled out by this helper. Defacto this means this helper andthe legacy state pointers are only really useful for transitioning anexisting driver to the atomic world.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_commit_modeset_disables(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ modeset commit to disable outputs
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function shuts down all the outputs that need to be shut down andprepares them (if required) with the new mode.
For compatibility with legacy CRTC helpers this should be called beforedrm_atomic_helper_commit_planes(), which is what the default commit functiondoes. But drivers with different needs can group the modeset commits togetherand do the plane commits at the end. This is useful for drivers doing runtimePM since planes updates then only happen when the CRTC is actually enabled.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_commit_modeset_enables(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ modeset commit to enable outputs
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function enables all the outputs with the new configuration which had tobe turned off for the update.
For compatibility with legacy CRTC helpers this should be called afterdrm_atomic_helper_commit_planes(), which is what the default commit functiondoes. But drivers with different needs can group the modeset commits togetherand do the plane commits at the end. This is useful for drivers doing runtimePM since planes updates then only happen when the CRTC is actually enabled.
- int
drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_fences(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * state, bool pre_swap)¶ wait for fences stashed in plane state
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*state- atomic state object with old state structures
boolpre_swap- If true, do an interruptible wait, andstate is the new state.Otherwisestate is the old state.
Description
For implicit sync, driver should fish the exclusive fence out from theincoming fb’s and stash it in the drm_plane_state. This is called afterdrm_atomic_helper_swap_state() so it uses the current plane state (andjust uses the atomic state to find the changed planes)
Note thatpre_swap is needed since the point where we block for fences movesaround depending upon whether an atomic commit is blocking ornon-blocking. For non-blocking commit all waiting needs to happen afterdrm_atomic_helper_swap_state() is called, but for blocking commits we wantto waitbefore we do anything that can’t be easily rolled back. That isbefore we calldrm_atomic_helper_swap_state().
Returns zero if success or < 0 ifdma_fence_wait() fails.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_vblanks(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ wait for vblank on CRTCs
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
Helper to, after atomic commit, wait for vblanks on all affectedCRTCs (ie. before cleaning up old framebuffers usingdrm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes()). It will only wait on CRTCs where theframebuffers have actually changed to optimize for the legacy cursor andplane update use-case.
Drivers using the nonblocking commit tracking support initialized by callingdrm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() should look atdrm_atomic_helper_wait_for_flip_done() as an alternative.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_flip_done(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ wait for all page flips to be done
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
Helper to, after atomic commit, wait for page flips on all affectedcrtcs (ie. before cleaning up old framebuffers usingdrm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes()). Compared todrm_atomic_helper_wait_for_vblanks() this waits for the completion on allCRTCs, assuming that cursors-only updates are signalling their completionimmediately (or using a different path).
This requires that drivers use the nonblocking commit tracking supportinitialized usingdrm_atomic_helper_setup_commit().
- void
drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail(structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ commit atomic update to hardware
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This is the default implementation for thedrm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_tail hook, for driversthat do not support runtime_pm or do not need the CRTC to beenabled to perform a commit. Otherwise, seedrm_atomic_helper_commit_tail_rpm().
Note that the default ordering of how the various stages are called is tomatch the legacy modeset helper library closest.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail_rpm(structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ commit atomic update to hardware
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- new modeset state to be committed
Description
This is an alternative implementation for thedrm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_tail hook, for driversthat support runtime_pm or need the CRTC to be enabled to perform acommit. Otherwise, one should use the default implementationdrm_atomic_helper_commit_tail().
- int
drm_atomic_helper_async_check(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * state)¶ check if state can be commited asynchronously
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*state- the driver state object
Description
This helper will check if it is possible to commit the state asynchronously.Async commits are not supposed to swap the states like normal sync commitsbut just do in-place changes on the current state.
It will return 0 if the commit can happen in an asynchronous fashion or errorif not. Note that error just mean it can’t be commited asynchronously, if itfails the commit should be treated like a normal synchronous commit.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_async_commit(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * state)¶ commit state asynchronously
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*state- the driver state object
Description
This function commits a state asynchronously, i.e., not vblanksynchronized. It should be used on a state only whendrm_atomic_async_check() succeeds. Async commits are not supposed to swapthe states like normal sync commits, but just do in-place changes on thecurrent state.
TODO: Implement full swap instead of doing in-place changes.
- int
drm_atomic_helper_commit(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * state, bool nonblock)¶ commit validated state object
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*state- the driver state object
boolnonblock- whether nonblocking behavior is requested.
Description
This function commits a withdrm_atomic_helper_check() pre-validated stateobject. This can still fail when e.g. the framebuffer reservation fails. Thisfunction implements nonblocking commits, usingdrm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() and related functions.
Committing the actual hardware state is done through thedrm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_tail callback, or its defaultimplementationdrm_atomic_helper_commit_tail().
Return
Zero for success or -errno.
- int
drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit(structdrm_atomic_state * state, bool nonblock)¶ setup possibly nonblocking commit
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*state- new modeset state to be committed
boolnonblock- whether nonblocking behavior is requested.
Description
This function preparesstate to be used by the atomic helper’s support fornonblocking commits. Drivers using the nonblocking commit infrastructureshould always call this function from theirdrm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_commit hook.
To be able to use this support drivers need to use a few more helperfunctions.drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_dependencies() must be called beforeactually committing the hardware state, and for nonblocking commits this callmust be placed in the async worker. See alsodrm_atomic_helper_swap_state()and its stall parameter, for when a driver’s commit hooks look at thedrm_crtc.state,drm_plane.state ordrm_connector.state pointer directly.
Completion of the hardware commit step must be signalled usingdrm_atomic_helper_commit_hw_done(). After this step the driver is not allowedto read or change any permanent software or hardware modeset state. The onlyexception is state protected by other means thandrm_modeset_lock locks.Only the free standingstate with pointers to the old state structures canbe inspected, e.g. to clean up old buffers usingdrm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes().
At the very end, before cleaning upstate drivers must calldrm_atomic_helper_commit_cleanup_done().
This is all implemented by indrm_atomic_helper_commit(), giving drivers acomplete and easy-to-use default implementation of the atomic_commit() hook.
The tracking of asynchronously executed and still pending commits is doneusing the core structuredrm_crtc_commit.
By default there’s no need to clean up resources allocated by this functionexplicitly:drm_atomic_state_default_clear() will take care of thatautomatically.
0 on success. -EBUSY when userspace schedules nonblocking commits too fast,-ENOMEM on allocation failures and -EINTR when a signal is pending.
Return
- void
drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_dependencies(structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ wait for required preceeding commits
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function waits for all preceeding commits that touch the same CRTC asold_state to both be committed to the hardware (as signalled bydrm_atomic_helper_commit_hw_done()) and executed by the hardware (as signalledby callingdrm_crtc_send_vblank_event() on thedrm_crtc_state.event).
This is part of the atomic helper support for nonblocking commits, seedrm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for an overview.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_fake_vblank(structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ fake VBLANK events if needed
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function walks all CRTCs and fakes VBLANK events on those withdrm_crtc_state.no_vblank set to true anddrm_crtc_state.event != NULL.The primary use of this function is writeback connectors working in oneshotmode and faking VBLANK events. In this case they only fake the VBLANK eventwhen a job is queued, and any change to the pipeline that does not touch theconnector is leading to timeouts when callingdrm_atomic_helper_wait_for_vblanks() ordrm_atomic_helper_wait_for_flip_done(). In addition to writebackconnectors, this function can also fake VBLANK events for CRTCs withoutVBLANK interrupt.
This is part of the atomic helper support for nonblocking commits, seedrm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for an overview.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_commit_hw_done(structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ setup possible nonblocking commit
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function is used to signal completion of the hardware commit step. Afterthis step the driver is not allowed to read or change any permanent softwareor hardware modeset state. The only exception is state protected by othermeans thandrm_modeset_lock locks.
Drivers should try to postpone any expensive or delayed cleanup work afterthis function is called.
This is part of the atomic helper support for nonblocking commits, seedrm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for an overview.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_commit_cleanup_done(structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ signal completion of commit
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This signals completion of the atomic updateold_state, including anycleanup work. If used, it must be called right before callingdrm_atomic_state_put().
This is part of the atomic helper support for nonblocking commits, seedrm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for an overview.
- int
drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * state)¶ prepare plane resources before commit
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*state- atomic state object with new state structures
Description
This function prepares plane state, specifically framebuffers, for the newconfiguration, by callingdrm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fb. If any failureis encountered this function will calldrm_plane_helper_funcs.cleanup_fb onany already successfully prepared framebuffer.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * old_state, uint32_t flags)¶ commit plane state
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- atomic state object with old state structures
uint32_tflags- flags for committing plane state
Description
This function commits the new plane state using the plane and atomic helperfunctions for planes and CRTCs. It assumes that the atomic state has alreadybeen pushed into the relevant object state pointers, since this step can nolonger fail.
It still requires the global state objectold_state to know which planes andcrtcs need to be updated though.
Note that this function does all plane updates across all CRTCs in one step.If the hardware can’t support this approach look atdrm_atomic_helper_commit_planes_on_crtc() instead.
Plane parameters can be updated by applications while the associated CRTC isdisabled. The DRM/KMS core will store the parameters in the plane state,which will be available to the driver when the CRTC is turned on. As a resultmost drivers don’t need to be immediately notified of plane updates for adisabled CRTC.
Unless otherwise needed, drivers are advised to set the ACTIVE_ONLY flag inflags in order not to receive plane update notifications related to adisabled CRTC. This avoids the need to manually ignore plane updates indriver code when the driver and/or hardware can’t or just don’t need to dealwith updates on disabled CRTCs, for example when supporting runtime PM.
Drivers may set the NO_DISABLE_AFTER_MODESET flag inflags if the relevantdisplay controllers require to disable a CRTC’s planes when the CRTC isdisabled. This function would skip thedrm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_disablecall for a plane if the CRTC of the old plane state needs a modesettingoperation. Of course, the drivers need to disable the planes in their CRTCdisable callbacks since no one else would do that.
Thedrm_atomic_helper_commit() default implementation doesn’t set theACTIVE_ONLY flag to most closely match the behaviour of the legacy helpers.This should not be copied blindly by drivers.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes_on_crtc(structdrm_crtc_state * old_crtc_state)¶ commit plane state for a CRTC
Parameters
structdrm_crtc_state*old_crtc_state- atomic state object with the old CRTC state
Description
This function commits the new plane state using the plane and atomic helperfunctions for planes on the specific CRTC. It assumes that the atomic statehas already been pushed into the relevant object state pointers, since thisstep can no longer fail.
This function is useful when plane updates should be done CRTC-by-CRTCinstead of one global step likedrm_atomic_helper_commit_planes() does.
This function can only be savely used when planes are not allowed to movebetween different CRTCs because this function doesn’t handle inter-CRTCdepencies. Callers need to ensure that either no such depencies exist,resolve them through ordering of commit calls or through some other means.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_disable_planes_on_crtc(structdrm_crtc_state * old_crtc_state, bool atomic)¶ helper to disable CRTC’s planes
Parameters
structdrm_crtc_state*old_crtc_state- atomic state object with the old CRTC state
boolatomic- if set, synchronize with CRTC’s atomic_begin/flush hooks
Description
Disables all planes associated with the given CRTC. This can beused for instance in the CRTC helper atomic_disable callback to disableall planes.
If the atomic-parameter is set the function calls the CRTC’satomic_begin hook before and atomic_flush hook after disabling theplanes.
It is a bug to call this function without having implemented thedrm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_disable plane hook.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ cleanup plane resources after commit
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function cleans up plane state, specifically framebuffers, from the oldconfiguration. Hence the old configuration must be perserved inold_state tobe able to call this function.
This function must also be called on the new state when the atomic updatefails at any point after callingdrm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes().
- int
drm_atomic_helper_swap_state(structdrm_atomic_state * state, bool stall)¶ store atomic state into current sw state
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*state- atomic state
boolstall- stall for preceeding commits
Description
This function stores the atomic state into the current state pointers in alldriver objects. It should be called after all failing steps have been doneand succeeded, but before the actual hardware state is committed.
For cleanup and error recovery the current state for all changed objects willbe swapped intostate.
With that sequence it fits perfectly into the plane prepare/cleanup sequence:
- Call
drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes()with the staged atomic state. - Do any other steps that might fail.
- Put the staged state into the current state pointers with this function.
- Actually commit the hardware state.
5. Calldrm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes() withstate, which since step 3contains the old state. Also do any other cleanup required with that state.
stall must be set when nonblocking commits for this driver directly accessthedrm_plane.state,drm_crtc.state ordrm_connector.state pointer. Withthe current atomic helpers this is almost always the case, since the helpersdon’t pass the right state structures to the callbacks.
Returns 0 on success. Can return -ERESTARTSYS whenstall is true and thewaiting for the previous commits has been interrupted.
Return
- int
drm_atomic_helper_update_plane(structdrm_plane * plane, structdrm_crtc * crtc, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, int crtc_x, int crtc_y, unsigned int crtc_w, unsigned int crtc_h, uint32_t src_x, uint32_t src_y, uint32_t src_w, uint32_t src_h, structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶ Helper for primary plane update using atomic
Parameters
structdrm_plane*plane- plane object to update
structdrm_crtc*crtc- owning CRTC of owning plane
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- framebuffer to flip onto plane
intcrtc_x- x offset of primary plane oncrtc
intcrtc_y- y offset of primary plane oncrtc
unsignedintcrtc_w- width of primary plane rectangle oncrtc
unsignedintcrtc_h- height of primary plane rectangle oncrtc
uint32_tsrc_x- x offset offb for panning
uint32_tsrc_y- y offset offb for panning
uint32_tsrc_w- width of source rectangle infb
uint32_tsrc_h- height of source rectangle infb
structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx*ctx- lock acquire context
Description
Provides a default plane update handler using the atomic driver interface.
Return
Zero on success, error code on failure
- int
drm_atomic_helper_disable_plane(structdrm_plane * plane, structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶ Helper for primary plane disable using * atomic
Parameters
structdrm_plane*plane- plane to disable
structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx*ctx- lock acquire context
Description
Provides a default plane disable handler using the atomic driver interface.
Return
Zero on success, error code on failure
- int
drm_atomic_helper_set_config(structdrm_mode_set * set, structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶ set a new config from userspace
Parameters
structdrm_mode_set*set- mode set configuration
structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx*ctx- lock acquisition context
Description
Provides a default CRTC set_config handler using the atomic driver interface.
NOTE
For backwards compatibility with old userspace this automaticallyresets the “link-status” property to GOOD, to force any linkre-training. The SETCRTC ioctl does not define whether an update doesneed a full modeset or just a plane update, hence we’re allowed to dothat. See alsodrm_connector_set_link_status_property().
Return
Returns 0 on success, negative errno numbers on failure.
- int
drm_atomic_helper_disable_all(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶ disable all currently active outputs
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx*ctx- lock acquisition context
Description
Loops through all connectors, finding those that aren’t turned off and thenturns them off by setting their DPMS mode to OFF and deactivating the CRTCthat they are connected to.
This is used for example in suspend/resume to disable all currently activefunctions when suspending. If you just want to shut down everything at e.g.driver unload, look atdrm_atomic_helper_shutdown().
Note that if callers haven’t already acquired all modeset locks this mightreturn -EDEADLK, which must be handled by callingdrm_modeset_backoff().
See also:drm_atomic_helper_suspend(),drm_atomic_helper_resume() anddrm_atomic_helper_shutdown().
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_shutdown(structdrm_device * dev)¶ shutdown all CRTC
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
Description
This shuts down all CRTC, which is useful for driver unloading. Shutdown onsuspend should instead be handled withdrm_atomic_helper_suspend(), sincethat also takes a snapshot of the modeset state to be restored on resume.
This is just a convenience wrapper arounddrm_atomic_helper_disable_all(),and it is the atomic version of drm_crtc_force_disable_all().
- structdrm_atomic_state *
drm_atomic_helper_duplicate_state(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶ duplicate an atomic state object
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx*ctx- lock acquisition context
Description
Makes a copy of the current atomic state by looping over all objects andduplicating their respective states. This is used for example by suspend/resume support code to save the state prior to suspend such that it canbe restored upon resume.
Note that this treats atomic state as persistent between save and restore.Drivers must make sure that this is possible and won’t result in confusionor erroneous behaviour.
Note that if callers haven’t already acquired all modeset locks this mightreturn -EDEADLK, which must be handled by callingdrm_modeset_backoff().
See also:drm_atomic_helper_suspend(),drm_atomic_helper_resume()
Return
A pointer to the copy of the atomic state object on success or anERR_PTR()-encoded error code on failure.
- structdrm_atomic_state *
drm_atomic_helper_suspend(structdrm_device * dev)¶ subsystem-level suspend helper
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
Description
Duplicates the current atomic state, disables all active outputs and thenreturns a pointer to the original atomic state to the caller. Drivers canpass this pointer to thedrm_atomic_helper_resume() helper upon resume torestore the output configuration that was active at the time the systementered suspend.
Note that it is potentially unsafe to use this. The atomic state objectreturned by this function is assumed to be persistent. Drivers must ensurethat this holds true. Before calling this function, drivers must make sureto suspend fbdev emulation so that nothing can be using the device.
See also:drm_atomic_helper_duplicate_state(),drm_atomic_helper_disable_all(),drm_atomic_helper_resume(),drm_atomic_helper_commit_duplicated_state()
Return
A pointer to a copy of the state before suspend on success or an ERR_PTR()-encoded error code on failure. Drivers should store the returned atomicstate object and pass it to thedrm_atomic_helper_resume() helper uponresume.
- int
drm_atomic_helper_commit_duplicated_state(structdrm_atomic_state * state, structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶ commit duplicated state
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*state- duplicated atomic state to commit
structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx*ctx- pointer to acquire_ctx to use for commit.
Description
The state returned bydrm_atomic_helper_duplicate_state() anddrm_atomic_helper_suspend() is partially invalid, and needs tobe fixed up before commit.
See also:drm_atomic_helper_suspend()
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
drm_atomic_helper_resume(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_atomic_state * state)¶ subsystem-level resume helper
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_atomic_state*state- atomic state to resume to
Description
Callsdrm_mode_config_reset() to synchronize hardware and software states,grabs all modeset locks and commits the atomic state object. This can beused in conjunction with thedrm_atomic_helper_suspend() helper toimplement suspend/resume for drivers that support atomic mode-setting.
See also:drm_atomic_helper_suspend()
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
drm_atomic_helper_page_flip(structdrm_crtc * crtc, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_pending_vblank_event * event, uint32_t flags, structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶ execute a legacy page flip
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- DRM CRTC
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- DRM framebuffer
structdrm_pending_vblank_event*event- optional DRM event to signal upon completion
uint32_tflags- flip flags for non-vblank sync’ed updates
structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx*ctx- lock acquisition context
Description
Provides a defaultdrm_crtc_funcs.page_flip implementationusing the atomic driver interface.
See also:drm_atomic_helper_page_flip_target()
Return
Returns 0 on success, negative errno numbers on failure.
- int
drm_atomic_helper_page_flip_target(structdrm_crtc * crtc, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_pending_vblank_event * event, uint32_t flags, uint32_t target, structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶ do page flip on target vblank period.
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- DRM CRTC
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- DRM framebuffer
structdrm_pending_vblank_event*event- optional DRM event to signal upon completion
uint32_tflags- flip flags for non-vblank sync’ed updates
uint32_ttarget- specifying the target vblank period when the flip to take effect
structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx*ctx- lock acquisition context
Description
Provides a defaultdrm_crtc_funcs.page_flip_target implementation.Similar todrm_atomic_helper_page_flip() with extra parameter to specifytarget vblank period to flip.
Return
Returns 0 on success, negative errno numbers on failure.
- int
drm_atomic_helper_legacy_gamma_set(structdrm_crtc * crtc, u16 * red, u16 * green, u16 * blue, uint32_t size, structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶ set the legacy gamma correction table
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- CRTC object
u16*red- red correction table
u16*green- green correction table
u16*blue- green correction table
uint32_tsize- size of the tables
structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx*ctx- lock acquire context
Description
Implements support for legacy gamma correction table for driversthat support color management through the DEGAMMA_LUT/GAMMA_LUTproperties. Seedrm_crtc_enable_color_mgmt() and the containing chapter forhow the atomic color management and gamma tables work.
- u32 *
drm_atomic_helper_bridge_propagate_bus_fmt(structdrm_bridge * bridge, structdrm_bridge_state * bridge_state, structdrm_crtc_state * crtc_state, structdrm_connector_state * conn_state, u32 output_fmt, unsigned int * num_input_fmts)¶ Propagate output format to the input end of a bridge
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
structdrm_bridge_state*bridge_state- new bridge state
structdrm_crtc_state*crtc_state- new CRTC state
structdrm_connector_state*conn_state- new connector state
u32output_fmt- tested output bus format
unsignedint*num_input_fmts- will contain the size of the returned array
Description
This helper is a pluggable implementation of thedrm_bridge_funcs.atomic_get_input_bus_fmts operation for bridges that don’tmodify the bus configuration between their input and their output. Itreturns an array of input formats with a single element set tooutput_fmt.
Return
a valid format array of sizenum_input_fmts, or NULL if the allocationfailed
Atomic State Reset and Initialization¶
Both the drm core and the atomic helpers assume that there is always the fulland correct atomic software state for all connectors, CRTCs and planesavailable. Which is a bit a problem on driver load and also after systemsuspend. One way to solve this is to have a hardware state read-outinfrastructure which reconstructs the full software state (e.g. the i915driver).
The simpler solution is to just reset the software state to everything off,which is easiest to do by callingdrm_mode_config_reset(). To facilitate thisthe atomic helpers provide default reset implementations for all hooks.
On the upside the precise state tracking of atomic simplifies system suspendand resume a lot. For drivers usingdrm_mode_config_reset() a complete recipeis implemented indrm_atomic_helper_suspend() anddrm_atomic_helper_resume().For other drivers the building blocks are split out, see the documentationfor these functions.
Atomic State Helper Reference¶
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_crtc_state_reset(structdrm_crtc_state * crtc_state, structdrm_crtc * crtc)¶ reset the CRTC state
Parameters
structdrm_crtc_state*crtc_state- atomic CRTC state, must not be NULL
structdrm_crtc*crtc- CRTC object, must not be NULL
Description
Initializes the newly allocatedcrtc_state with defaultvalues. This is useful for drivers that subclass the CRTC state.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_crtc_reset(structdrm_crtc * crtc, structdrm_crtc_state * crtc_state)¶ reset state on CRTC
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- drm CRTC
structdrm_crtc_state*crtc_state- CRTC state to assign
Description
Initializes the newly allocatedcrtc_state and assigns it tothedrm_crtc->state pointer ofcrtc, usually required wheninitializing the drivers or when called from thedrm_crtc_funcs.resethook.
This is useful for drivers that subclass the CRTC state.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_crtc_reset(structdrm_crtc * crtc)¶ default
drm_crtc_funcs.resethook for CRTCs
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- drm CRTC
Description
Resets the atomic state forcrtc by freeing the state pointer (which mightbe NULL, e.g. at driver load time) and allocating a new empty state object.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_crtc_duplicate_state(structdrm_crtc * crtc, structdrm_crtc_state * state)¶ copy atomic CRTC state
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- CRTC object
structdrm_crtc_state*state- atomic CRTC state
Description
Copies atomic state from a CRTC’s current state and resets inferred values.This is useful for drivers that subclass the CRTC state.
- structdrm_crtc_state *
drm_atomic_helper_crtc_duplicate_state(structdrm_crtc * crtc)¶ default state duplicate hook
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- drm CRTC
Description
Default CRTC state duplicate hook for drivers which don’t have their ownsubclassed CRTC state structure.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_crtc_destroy_state(structdrm_crtc_state * state)¶ release CRTC state
Parameters
structdrm_crtc_state*state- CRTC state object to release
Description
Releases all resources stored in the CRTC state without actually freeingthe memory of the CRTC state. This is useful for drivers that subclass theCRTC state.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_crtc_destroy_state(structdrm_crtc * crtc, structdrm_crtc_state * state)¶ default state destroy hook
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- drm CRTC
structdrm_crtc_state*state- CRTC state object to release
Description
Default CRTC state destroy hook for drivers which don’t have their ownsubclassed CRTC state structure.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_plane_state_reset(structdrm_plane_state * plane_state, structdrm_plane * plane)¶ resets plane state to default values
Parameters
structdrm_plane_state*plane_state- atomic plane state, must not be NULL
structdrm_plane*plane- plane object, must not be NULL
Description
Initializes the newly allocatedplane_state with defaultvalues. This is useful for drivers that subclass the CRTC state.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_plane_reset(structdrm_plane * plane, structdrm_plane_state * plane_state)¶ reset state on plane
Parameters
structdrm_plane*plane- drm plane
structdrm_plane_state*plane_state- plane state to assign
Description
Initializes the newly allocatedplane_state and assigns it tothedrm_crtc->state pointer ofplane, usually required wheninitializing the drivers or when called from thedrm_plane_funcs.resethook.
This is useful for drivers that subclass the plane state.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_plane_reset(structdrm_plane * plane)¶ default
drm_plane_funcs.resethook for planes
Parameters
structdrm_plane*plane- drm plane
Description
Resets the atomic state forplane by freeing the state pointer (which mightbe NULL, e.g. at driver load time) and allocating a new empty state object.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_plane_duplicate_state(structdrm_plane * plane, structdrm_plane_state * state)¶ copy atomic plane state
Parameters
structdrm_plane*plane- plane object
structdrm_plane_state*state- atomic plane state
Description
Copies atomic state from a plane’s current state. This is useful fordrivers that subclass the plane state.
- structdrm_plane_state *
drm_atomic_helper_plane_duplicate_state(structdrm_plane * plane)¶ default state duplicate hook
Parameters
structdrm_plane*plane- drm plane
Description
Default plane state duplicate hook for drivers which don’t have their ownsubclassed plane state structure.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_plane_destroy_state(structdrm_plane_state * state)¶ release plane state
Parameters
structdrm_plane_state*state- plane state object to release
Description
Releases all resources stored in the plane state without actually freeingthe memory of the plane state. This is useful for drivers that subclass theplane state.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_plane_destroy_state(structdrm_plane * plane, structdrm_plane_state * state)¶ default state destroy hook
Parameters
structdrm_plane*plane- drm plane
structdrm_plane_state*state- plane state object to release
Description
Default plane state destroy hook for drivers which don’t have their ownsubclassed plane state structure.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_connector_state_reset(structdrm_connector_state * conn_state, structdrm_connector * connector)¶ reset the connector state
Parameters
structdrm_connector_state*conn_state- atomic connector state, must not be NULL
structdrm_connector*connector- connectotr object, must not be NULL
Description
Initializes the newly allocatedconn_state with defaultvalues. This is useful for drivers that subclass the connector state.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_connector_reset(structdrm_connector * connector, structdrm_connector_state * conn_state)¶ reset state on connector
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- drm connector
structdrm_connector_state*conn_state- connector state to assign
Description
Initializes the newly allocatedconn_state and assigns it tothedrm_connector->state pointer ofconnector, usually required wheninitializing the drivers or when called from thedrm_connector_funcs.resethook.
This is useful for drivers that subclass the connector state.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_connector_reset(structdrm_connector * connector)¶ default
drm_connector_funcs.resethook for connectors
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- drm connector
Description
Resets the atomic state forconnector by freeing the state pointer (whichmight be NULL, e.g. at driver load time) and allocating a new empty stateobject.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_connector_tv_reset(structdrm_connector * connector)¶ Resets TV connector properties
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- DRM connector
Description
Resets the TV-related properties attached to a connector.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_connector_duplicate_state(structdrm_connector * connector, structdrm_connector_state * state)¶ copy atomic connector state
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- connector object
structdrm_connector_state*state- atomic connector state
Description
Copies atomic state from a connector’s current state. This is useful fordrivers that subclass the connector state.
- structdrm_connector_state *
drm_atomic_helper_connector_duplicate_state(structdrm_connector * connector)¶ default state duplicate hook
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- drm connector
Description
Default connector state duplicate hook for drivers which don’t have their ownsubclassed connector state structure.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_connector_destroy_state(structdrm_connector_state * state)¶ release connector state
Parameters
structdrm_connector_state*state- connector state object to release
Description
Releases all resources stored in the connector state without actuallyfreeing the memory of the connector state. This is useful for drivers thatsubclass the connector state.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_connector_destroy_state(structdrm_connector * connector, structdrm_connector_state * state)¶ default state destroy hook
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- drm connector
structdrm_connector_state*state- connector state object to release
Description
Default connector state destroy hook for drivers which don’t have their ownsubclassed connector state structure.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_private_obj_duplicate_state(structdrm_private_obj * obj, structdrm_private_state * state)¶ copy atomic private state
Parameters
structdrm_private_obj*obj- CRTC object
structdrm_private_state*state- new private object state
Description
Copies atomic state from a private objects’s current state and resets inferred values.This is useful for drivers that subclass the private state.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_bridge_duplicate_state(structdrm_bridge * bridge, structdrm_bridge_state * state)¶ Copy atomic bridge state
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge object
structdrm_bridge_state*state- atomic bridge state
Description
Copies atomic state from a bridge’s current state and resets inferred values.This is useful for drivers that subclass the bridge state.
- structdrm_bridge_state *
drm_atomic_helper_bridge_duplicate_state(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ Duplicate a bridge state object
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge object
Description
Allocates a new bridge state and initializes it with the current bridgestate values. This helper is meant to be used as a bridgedrm_bridge_funcs.atomic_duplicate_state hook for bridges that don’tsubclass the bridge state.
- void
drm_atomic_helper_bridge_destroy_state(structdrm_bridge * bridge, structdrm_bridge_state * state)¶ Destroy a bridge state object
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- the bridge this state refers to
structdrm_bridge_state*state- bridge state to destroy
Description
Destroys a bridge state previously created bydrm_atomic_helper_bridge_reset`()or:c:type:`drm_atomic_helper_bridge_duplicate_state`().Thishelperismeanttobeusedasabridge:c:type:`drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_destroy_state hook for bridgesthat don’t subclass the bridge state.
- void
__drm_atomic_helper_bridge_reset(structdrm_bridge * bridge, structdrm_bridge_state * state)¶ Initialize a bridge state to its default
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- the bridge this state refers to
structdrm_bridge_state*state- bridge state to initialize
Description
Initializes the bridge state to default values. This is meant to be calledby the bridgedrm_bridge_funcs.atomic_reset hook for bridges that subclassthe bridge state.
- structdrm_bridge_state *
drm_atomic_helper_bridge_reset(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ Allocate and initialize a bridge state to its default
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- the bridge this state refers to
Description
Allocates the bridge state and initializes it to default values. This helperis meant to be used as a bridgedrm_bridge_funcs.atomic_reset hook forbridges that don’t subclass the bridge state.
Simple KMS Helper Reference¶
This helper library provides helpers for drivers for simple displayhardware.
drm_simple_display_pipe_init() initializes a simple display pipelinewhich has only one full-screen scanout buffer feeding one output. Thepipeline is represented bystructdrm_simple_display_pipe and bindstogetherdrm_plane,drm_crtc anddrm_encoder structures into one fixedentity. Some flexibility for code reuse is provided through a separatelyallocateddrm_connector object and supporting optionaldrm_bridgeencoder drivers.
Many drivers require only a very simple encoder that fulfills the minimumrequirements of the display pipeline and does not add additionalfunctionality. The functiondrm_simple_encoder_init() provides animplementation of such an encoder.
- struct
drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs¶ helper operations for a simple display pipeline
Definition
struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs { enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, const struct drm_display_mode *mode); void (*enable)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state); void (*disable)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe); int (*check)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe,struct drm_plane_state *plane_state, struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state); void (*update)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *old_plane_state); int (*prepare_fb)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state); void (*cleanup_fb)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state); int (*enable_vblank)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe); void (*disable_vblank)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe);};Members
mode_validThis callback is used to check if a specific mode is valid in thecrtc used in this simple display pipe. This should be implementedif the display pipe has some sort of restriction in the modesit can display. For example, a given display pipe may be responsibleto set a clock value. If the clock can not produce all the valuesfor the available modes then this callback can be used to restrictthe number of modes to only the ones that can be displayed. Anotherreason can be bandwidth mitigation: the memory port on the displaycontroller can have bandwidth limitations not allowing pixel datato be fetched at any rate.
This hook is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list in
drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(), and it is used by theatomic helpers to validate modes supplied by userspace indrm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().This function is optional.
NOTE:
Since this function is both called from the check phase of an atomiccommit, and the mode validation in the probe paths it is not allowedto look at anything else but the passed-in mode, and validate itagainst configuration-invariant hardware constraints.
RETURNS:
drm_mode_status Enum
enable- This function should be used to enable the pipeline.It is called when the underlying crtc is enabled.This hook is optional.
disable- This function should be used to disable the pipeline.It is called when the underlying crtc is disabled.This hook is optional.
checkThis function is called in the check phase of an atomic update,specifically when the underlying plane is checked.The simple display pipeline helpers already check that the plane isnot scaled, fills the entire visible area and is always enabledwhen the crtc is also enabled.This hook is optional.
RETURNS:
0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t besupported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if anattempt to obtain another state object ran into a
drm_modeset_lockdeadlock.updateThis function is called when the underlying plane state is updated.This hook is optional.
This is the function drivers should submit the
drm_pending_vblank_eventfrom. Using eitherdrm_crtc_arm_vblank_event(), when the driver supports vblankinterrupt handling, ordrm_crtc_send_vblank_event()for morecomplex case. In case the hardware lacks vblank support entirely,drivers can setstructdrm_crtc_state.no_vblank instructdrm_simple_display_pipe_funcs.check and let DRM’satomic helper fake a vblank event.prepare_fbOptional, called by
drm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fb. Please readthe documentation for thedrm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fbhook formore details.Drivers which always have their buffers pinned should use
drm_gem_fb_simple_display_pipe_prepare_fb()for this hook.cleanup_fb- Optional, called by
drm_plane_helper_funcs.cleanup_fb. Please readthe documentation for thedrm_plane_helper_funcs.cleanup_fbhook formore details. enable_vblank- Optional, called by
drm_crtc_funcs.enable_vblank. Please readthe documentation for thedrm_crtc_funcs.enable_vblankhook formore details. disable_vblank- Optional, called by
drm_crtc_funcs.disable_vblank. Please readthe documentation for thedrm_crtc_funcs.disable_vblankhook formore details.
- struct
drm_simple_display_pipe¶ simple display pipeline
Definition
struct drm_simple_display_pipe { struct drm_crtc crtc; struct drm_plane plane; struct drm_encoder encoder; struct drm_connector *connector; const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs *funcs;};Members
crtc- CRTC control structure
plane- Plane control structure
encoder- Encoder control structure
connector- Connector control structure
funcs- Pipeline control functions (optional)
Description
Simple display pipeline with plane, crtc and encoder collapsed into oneentity. It should be initialized by callingdrm_simple_display_pipe_init().
- int
drm_simple_encoder_init(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_encoder * encoder, int encoder_type)¶ Initialize a preallocated encoder with basic functionality.
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- drm device
structdrm_encoder*encoder- the encoder to initialize
intencoder_type- user visible type of the encoder
Description
Initialises a preallocated encoder that has no further functionality.Settings for possible CRTC and clones are left to their initial values.The encoder will be cleaned up automatically as part of the mode-settingcleanup.
The caller ofdrm_simple_encoder_init() is responsible for freeingthe encoder’s memory after the encoder has been cleaned up. At themoment this only works reliably if the encoder data structure isstored in the device structure. Free the encoder’s memory as part ofthe device release function.
- FIXME: Later improvements to DRM’s resource management may allow for
- an automated
kfree()of the encoder’s memory.
Return
Zero on success, error code on failure.
- int
drm_simple_display_pipe_attach_bridge(structdrm_simple_display_pipe * pipe, structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ Attach a bridge to the display pipe
Parameters
structdrm_simple_display_pipe*pipe- simple display pipe object
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge to attach
Description
Makes it possible to still use the drm_simple_display_pipe helpers whena DRM bridge has to be used.
Note that you probably want to initialize the pipe by passing a NULLconnector todrm_simple_display_pipe_init().
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- int
drm_simple_display_pipe_init(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_simple_display_pipe * pipe, const structdrm_simple_display_pipe_funcs * funcs, const uint32_t * formats, unsigned int format_count, const uint64_t * format_modifiers, structdrm_connector * connector)¶ Initialize a simple display pipeline
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_simple_display_pipe*pipe- simple display pipe object to initialize
conststructdrm_simple_display_pipe_funcs*funcs- callbacks for the display pipe (optional)
constuint32_t*formats- array of supported formats (DRM_FORMAT_*)
unsignedintformat_count- number of elements informats
constuint64_t*format_modifiers- array of formats modifiers
structdrm_connector*connector- connector to attach and register (optional)
Description
Sets up a display pipeline which consist of a really simpleplane-crtc-encoder pipe.
If a connector is supplied, the pipe will be coupled with the providedconnector. You may supply a NULL connector when using drm bridges, thathandle connectors themselves (seedrm_simple_display_pipe_attach_bridge()).
Teardown of a simple display pipe is all handled automatically by the drmcore through callingdrm_mode_config_cleanup(). Drivers afterwards need torelease the memory for the structure themselves.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
fbdev Helper Functions Reference¶
The fb helper functions are useful to provide an fbdev on top of a drm kernelmode setting driver. They can be used mostly independently from the crtchelper functions used by many drivers to implement the kernel mode settinginterfaces.
Drivers that support a dumb buffer with a virtual address and mmap support,should try out the generic fbdev emulation usingdrm_fbdev_generic_setup().It will automatically set up deferred I/O if the driver requires a shadowbuffer.
At runtime drivers should restore the fbdev console by usingdrm_fb_helper_lastclose() as theirdrm_driver.lastclose callback.They should also notify the fb helper code from updates to the outputconfiguration by usingdrm_fb_helper_output_poll_changed() as theirdrm_mode_config_funcs.output_poll_changed callback.
For suspend/resume consider usingdrm_mode_config_helper_suspend() anddrm_mode_config_helper_resume() which takes care of fbdev as well.
All other functions exported by the fb helper library can be used toimplement the fbdev driver interface by the driver.
It is possible, though perhaps somewhat tricky, to implement race-freehotplug detection using the fbdev helpers. Thedrm_fb_helper_prepare()helper must be called first to initialize the minimum required to makehotplug detection work. Drivers also need to make sure to properly set upthedrm_mode_config.funcs member. After callingdrm_kms_helper_poll_init()it is safe to enable interrupts and start processing hotplug events. At thesame time, drivers should initialize all modeset objects such as CRTCs,encoders and connectors. To finish up the fbdev helper initialization, thedrm_fb_helper_init() function is called. To probe for all attached displaysand set up an initial configuration using the detected hardware, driversshould calldrm_fb_helper_initial_config().
Ifdrm_framebuffer_funcs.dirty is set, thedrm_fb_helper_{cfb,sys}_{write,fillrect,copyarea,imageblit} functions willaccumulate changes and scheduledrm_fb_helper.dirty_work to run rightaway. This worker then calls the dirty() function ensuring that it willalways run in process context since the fb_*() function could be running inatomic context. Ifdrm_fb_helper_deferred_io() is used as the deferred_iocallback it will also schedule dirty_work with the damage collected from themmap page writes.
Deferred I/O is not compatible with SHMEM. Such drivers should request anfbdev shadow buffer and calldrm_fbdev_generic_setup() instead.
- struct
drm_fb_helper_surface_size¶ describes fbdev size and scanout surface size
Definition
struct drm_fb_helper_surface_size { u32 fb_width; u32 fb_height; u32 surface_width; u32 surface_height; u32 surface_bpp; u32 surface_depth;};Members
fb_width- fbdev width
fb_height- fbdev height
surface_width- scanout buffer width
surface_height- scanout buffer height
surface_bpp- scanout buffer bpp
surface_depth- scanout buffer depth
Description
Note that the scanout surface width/height may be larger than the fbdevwidth/height. In case of multiple displays, the scanout surface is sizedaccording to the largest width/height (so it is large enough for all CRTCsto scanout). But the fbdev width/height is sized to the minimum width/height of all the displays. This ensures that fbcon fits on the smallestof the attached displays. fb_width/fb_height is used bydrm_fb_helper_fill_info() to fill out thefb_info.var structure.
- struct
drm_fb_helper_funcs¶ driver callbacks for the fbdev emulation library
Definition
struct drm_fb_helper_funcs { int (*fb_probe)(struct drm_fb_helper *helper, struct drm_fb_helper_surface_size *sizes);};Members
fb_probeDriver callback to allocate and initialize the fbdev info structure.Furthermore it also needs to allocate the DRM framebuffer used toback the fbdev.
This callback is mandatory.
RETURNS:
The driver should return 0 on success and a negative error code onfailure.
Description
Driver callbacks used by the fbdev emulation helper library.
- struct
drm_fb_helper¶ main structure to emulate fbdev on top of KMS
Definition
struct drm_fb_helper { struct drm_client_dev client; struct drm_client_buffer *buffer; struct drm_framebuffer *fb; struct drm_device *dev; const struct drm_fb_helper_funcs *funcs; struct fb_info *fbdev; u32 pseudo_palette[17]; struct drm_clip_rect dirty_clip; spinlock_t dirty_lock; struct work_struct dirty_work; struct work_struct resume_work; struct mutex lock; struct list_head kernel_fb_list; bool delayed_hotplug; bool deferred_setup; int preferred_bpp;};Members
client- DRM client used by the generic fbdev emulation.
buffer- Framebuffer used by the generic fbdev emulation.
fb- Scanout framebuffer object
dev- DRM device
funcs- driver callbacks for fb helper
fbdev- emulated fbdev device info struct
pseudo_palette- fake palette of 16 colors
dirty_clip- clip rectangle used with deferred_io to accumulate damage tothe screen buffer
dirty_lock- spinlock protectingdirty_clip
dirty_work- worker used to flush the framebuffer
resume_work- worker used during resume if the console lock is already taken
lockTop-level FBDEV helper lock. This protects all internal datastructures and lists, such asconnector_info andcrtc_info.
FIXME: fbdev emulation locking is a mess and long term we want toprotect all helper internal state with this lock as well as reducecore KMS locking as much as possible.
kernel_fb_list- Entry on the global kernel_fb_helper_list, used for kgdb entry/exit.
delayed_hotplug- A hotplug was received while fbdev wasn’t in control of the DRMdevice, i.e. another KMS master was active. The output configurationneeds to be reprobe when fbdev is in control again.
deferred_setupIf no outputs are connected (disconnected or unknown) the FB helpercode will defer setup until at least one of the outputs shows up.This field keeps track of the status so that setup can be retriedat every hotplug event until it succeeds eventually.
Protected bylock.
preferred_bppTemporary storage for the driver’s preferred BPP setting passed toFB helper initialization. This needs to be tracked so that deferredFB helper setup can pass this on.
See also:deferred_setup
Description
This is the main structure used by the fbdev helpers. Drivers supportingfbdev emulation should embedded this into their overall driver structure.Drivers must also fill out astructdrm_fb_helper_funcs with a fewoperations.
DRM_FB_HELPER_DEFAULT_OPS()¶helper define for drm drivers
Parameters
Description
Helper define to register default implementations of drm_fb_helperfunctions. To be used in struct fb_ops of drm drivers.
- int
drm_fb_helper_remove_conflicting_framebuffers(struct apertures_struct * a, const char * name, bool primary)¶ remove firmware-configured framebuffers
Parameters
structapertures_struct*a- memory range, users of which are to be removed
constchar*name- requesting driver name
boolprimary- also kick vga16fb if present
Description
This function removes framebuffer devices (initialized by firmware/bootloader)which use memory range described bya. Ifa is NULL all such devices areremoved.
- int
drm_fb_helper_remove_conflicting_pci_framebuffers(struct pci_dev * pdev, const char * name)¶ remove firmware-configured framebuffers for PCI devices
Parameters
structpci_dev*pdev- PCI device
constchar*name- requesting driver name
Description
This function removes framebuffer devices (eg. initialized by firmware)using memory range configured for any ofpdev’s memory bars.
The function assumes that PCI device with shadowed ROM drives a primarydisplay and so kicks out vga16fb.
- int
drm_fb_helper_debug_enter(struct fb_info * info)¶ implementation for
fb_ops.fb_debug_enter
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
- int
drm_fb_helper_debug_leave(struct fb_info * info)¶ implementation for
fb_ops.fb_debug_leave
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
- int
drm_fb_helper_restore_fbdev_mode_unlocked(structdrm_fb_helper * fb_helper)¶ restore fbdev configuration
Parameters
structdrm_fb_helper*fb_helper- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
Description
This should be called from driver’s drmdrm_driver.lastclose callbackwhen implementing an fbcon on top of kms using this helper. This ensures thatthe user isn’t greeted with a black screen when e.g. X dies.
Return
Zero if everything went ok, negative error code otherwise.
- int
drm_fb_helper_blank(int blank, struct fb_info * info)¶ implementation for
fb_ops.fb_blank
Parameters
intblank- desired blanking state
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
- void
drm_fb_helper_prepare(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_fb_helper * helper, const structdrm_fb_helper_funcs * funcs)¶ setup a drm_fb_helper structure
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_fb_helper*helper- driver-allocated fbdev helper structure to set up
conststructdrm_fb_helper_funcs*funcs- pointer to structure of functions associate with this helper
Description
Sets up the bare minimum to make the framebuffer helper usable. This isuseful to implement race-free initialization of the polling helpers.
- int
drm_fb_helper_init(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_fb_helper * fb_helper)¶ initialize a
structdrm_fb_helper
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- drm device
structdrm_fb_helper*fb_helper- driver-allocated fbdev helper structure to initialize
Description
This allocates the structures for the fbdev helper with the given limits.Note that this won’t yet touch the hardware (through the driver interfaces)nor register the fbdev. This is only done indrm_fb_helper_initial_config()to allow driver writes more control over the exact init sequence.
Drivers must calldrm_fb_helper_prepare() before calling this function.
Return
Zero if everything went ok, nonzero otherwise.
- struct fb_info *
drm_fb_helper_alloc_fbi(structdrm_fb_helper * fb_helper)¶ allocate fb_info and some of its members
Parameters
structdrm_fb_helper*fb_helper- driver-allocated fbdev helper
Description
A helper to alloc fb_info and the members cmap and apertures. Calledby the driver within the fb_probe fb_helper callback function. Drivers do notneed to release the allocated fb_info structure themselves, this isautomatically done when callingdrm_fb_helper_fini().
Return
fb_info pointer if things went okay, pointer containing error codeotherwise
- void
drm_fb_helper_unregister_fbi(structdrm_fb_helper * fb_helper)¶ unregister fb_info framebuffer device
Parameters
structdrm_fb_helper*fb_helper- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
Description
A wrapper around unregister_framebuffer, to release the fb_infoframebuffer device. This must be called before releasing all resources forfb_helper by callingdrm_fb_helper_fini().
- void
drm_fb_helper_fini(structdrm_fb_helper * fb_helper)¶ finialize a
structdrm_fb_helper
Parameters
structdrm_fb_helper*fb_helper- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
Description
This cleans up all remaining resources associated withfb_helper.
- void
drm_fb_helper_deferred_io(struct fb_info * info, struct list_head * pagelist)¶ fbdev deferred_io callback function
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fb_info struct pointer
structlist_head*pagelist- list of dirty mmap framebuffer pages
Description
This function is used as thefb_deferred_io.deferred_iocallback function for flushing the fbdev mmap writes.
- ssize_t
drm_fb_helper_sys_read(struct fb_info * info, char __user * buf, size_t count, loff_t * ppos)¶ wrapper around fb_sys_read
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fb_info struct pointer
char__user*buf- userspace buffer to read from framebuffer memory
size_tcount- number of bytes to read from framebuffer memory
loff_t*ppos- read offset within framebuffer memory
Description
A wrapper around fb_sys_read implemented by fbdev core
- ssize_t
drm_fb_helper_sys_write(struct fb_info * info, const char __user * buf, size_t count, loff_t * ppos)¶ wrapper around fb_sys_write
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fb_info struct pointer
constchar__user*buf- userspace buffer to write to framebuffer memory
size_tcount- number of bytes to write to framebuffer memory
loff_t*ppos- write offset within framebuffer memory
Description
A wrapper around fb_sys_write implemented by fbdev core
- void
drm_fb_helper_sys_fillrect(struct fb_info * info, const struct fb_fillrect * rect)¶ wrapper around sys_fillrect
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
conststructfb_fillrect*rect- info about rectangle to fill
Description
A wrapper around sys_fillrect implemented by fbdev core
- void
drm_fb_helper_sys_copyarea(struct fb_info * info, const struct fb_copyarea * area)¶ wrapper around sys_copyarea
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
conststructfb_copyarea*area- info about area to copy
Description
A wrapper around sys_copyarea implemented by fbdev core
- void
drm_fb_helper_sys_imageblit(struct fb_info * info, const struct fb_image * image)¶ wrapper around sys_imageblit
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
conststructfb_image*image- info about image to blit
Description
A wrapper around sys_imageblit implemented by fbdev core
- void
drm_fb_helper_cfb_fillrect(struct fb_info * info, const struct fb_fillrect * rect)¶ wrapper around cfb_fillrect
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
conststructfb_fillrect*rect- info about rectangle to fill
Description
A wrapper around cfb_fillrect implemented by fbdev core
- void
drm_fb_helper_cfb_copyarea(struct fb_info * info, const struct fb_copyarea * area)¶ wrapper around cfb_copyarea
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
conststructfb_copyarea*area- info about area to copy
Description
A wrapper around cfb_copyarea implemented by fbdev core
- void
drm_fb_helper_cfb_imageblit(struct fb_info * info, const struct fb_image * image)¶ wrapper around cfb_imageblit
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
conststructfb_image*image- info about image to blit
Description
A wrapper around cfb_imageblit implemented by fbdev core
- void
drm_fb_helper_set_suspend(structdrm_fb_helper * fb_helper, bool suspend)¶ wrapper around fb_set_suspend
Parameters
structdrm_fb_helper*fb_helper- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
boolsuspend- whether to suspend or resume
Description
A wrapper around fb_set_suspend implemented by fbdev core.Usedrm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked() if you don’t need to takethe lock yourself
- void
drm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked(structdrm_fb_helper * fb_helper, bool suspend)¶ wrapper around fb_set_suspend that also takes the console lock
Parameters
structdrm_fb_helper*fb_helper- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
boolsuspend- whether to suspend or resume
Description
A wrapper aroundfb_set_suspend() that takes the console lock. If the lockisn’t available on resume, a worker is tasked with waiting for the lockto become available. The console lock can be pretty contented on resumedue to all the printk activity.
This function can be called multiple times with the same state sincefb_info.state is checked to see if fbdev is running or not before locking.
Usedrm_fb_helper_set_suspend() if you need to take the lock yourself.
- int
drm_fb_helper_setcmap(struct fb_cmap * cmap, struct fb_info * info)¶ implementation for
fb_ops.fb_setcmap
Parameters
structfb_cmap*cmap- cmap to set
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
- int
drm_fb_helper_ioctl(struct fb_info * info, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg)¶ legacy ioctl implementation
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
unsignedintcmd- ioctl command
unsignedlongarg- ioctl argument
Description
A helper to implement the standard fbdev ioctl. OnlyFBIO_WAITFORVSYNC is implemented for now.
- int
drm_fb_helper_check_var(struct fb_var_screeninfo * var, struct fb_info * info)¶ implementation for
fb_ops.fb_check_var
Parameters
structfb_var_screeninfo*var- screeninfo to check
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
- int
drm_fb_helper_set_par(struct fb_info * info)¶ implementation for
fb_ops.fb_set_par
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
Description
This will let fbcon do the mode init and is called at initialization time bythe fbdev core when registering the driver, and later on through the hotplugcallback.
- int
drm_fb_helper_pan_display(struct fb_var_screeninfo * var, struct fb_info * info)¶ implementation for
fb_ops.fb_pan_display
Parameters
structfb_var_screeninfo*var- updated screen information
structfb_info*info- fbdev registered by the helper
- void
drm_fb_helper_fill_info(struct fb_info * info, structdrm_fb_helper * fb_helper, structdrm_fb_helper_surface_size * sizes)¶ initializes fbdev information
Parameters
structfb_info*info- fbdev instance to set up
structdrm_fb_helper*fb_helper- fb helper instance to use as template
structdrm_fb_helper_surface_size*sizes- describes fbdev size and scanout surface size
Description
Sets up the variable and fixed fbdev metainformation from the given fb helperinstance and the drm framebuffer allocated indrm_fb_helper.fb.
Drivers should call this (or their equivalent setup code) from theirdrm_fb_helper_funcs.fb_probe callback after having allocated the fbdevbacking storage framebuffer.
- int
drm_fb_helper_initial_config(structdrm_fb_helper * fb_helper, int bpp_sel)¶ setup a sane initial connector configuration
Parameters
structdrm_fb_helper*fb_helper- fb_helper device struct
intbpp_sel- bpp value to use for the framebuffer configuration
Description
Scans the CRTCs and connectors and tries to put together an initial setup.At the moment, this is a cloned configuration across all heads witha new framebuffer object as the backing store.
Note that this also registers the fbdev and so allows userspace to call intothe driver through the fbdev interfaces.
This function will call down into thedrm_fb_helper_funcs.fb_probe callbackto let the driver allocate and initialize the fbdev info structure and thedrm framebuffer used to back the fbdev.drm_fb_helper_fill_info() is providedas a helper to setup simple default values for the fbdev info structure.
HANG DEBUGGING:
When you have fbcon support built-in or already loaded, this function will doa full modeset to setup the fbdev console. Due to locking misdesign in theVT/fbdev subsystem that entire modeset sequence has to be done while holdingconsole_lock. Until console_unlock is called no dmesg lines will be sent outto consoles, not even serial console. This means when your driver crashes,you will see absolutely nothing else but a system stuck in this function,with no further output. Any kind ofprintk() you place within your own driveror in the drm core modeset code will also never show up.
Standard debug practice is to run the fbcon setup without taking theconsole_lock as a hack, to be able to see backtraces and crashes on theserial line. This can be done by setting the fb.lockless_register_fb=1 kernelcmdline option.
The other option is to just disable fbdev emulation since very likely thefirst modeset from userspace will crash in the same way, and is even easierto debug. This can be done by setting the drm_kms_helper.fbdev_emulation=0kernel cmdline option.
Return
Zero if everything went ok, nonzero otherwise.
- int
drm_fb_helper_hotplug_event(structdrm_fb_helper * fb_helper)¶ respond to a hotplug notification by probing all the outputs attached to the fb
Parameters
structdrm_fb_helper*fb_helper- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
Description
Scan the connectors attached to the fb_helper and try to put together asetup after notification of a change in output configuration.
Called at runtime, takes the mode config locks to be able to check/change themodeset configuration. Must be run from process context (which usually meanseither the output polling work or a work item launched from the driver’shotplug interrupt).
Note that drivers may call this even before callingdrm_fb_helper_initial_config but only after drm_fb_helper_init. This allowsfor a race-free fbcon setup and will make sure that the fbdev emulation willnot miss any hotplug events.
Return
0 on success and a non-zero error code otherwise.
- void
drm_fb_helper_lastclose(structdrm_device * dev)¶ DRM driver lastclose helper for fbdev emulation
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
Description
This function can be used as thedrm_driver->lastclose callback for driversthat only need to calldrm_fb_helper_restore_fbdev_mode_unlocked().
- void
drm_fb_helper_output_poll_changed(structdrm_device * dev)¶ DRM mode config .output_poll_changed helper for fbdev emulation
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
Description
This function can be used as thedrm_mode_config_funcs.output_poll_changed callback for drivers that onlyneed to calldrm_fb_helper_hotplug_event().
- void
drm_fbdev_generic_setup(structdrm_device * dev, unsigned int preferred_bpp)¶ Setup generic fbdev emulation
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
unsignedintpreferred_bpp- Preferred bits per pixel for the device.dev->mode_config.preferred_depth is used if this is zero.
Description
This function sets up generic fbdev emulation for drivers that supportsdumb buffers with a virtual address and that can be mmap’ed.drm_fbdev_generic_setup() shall be called after the DRM driver registeredthe new DRM device withdrm_dev_register().
Restore, hotplug events and teardown are all taken care of. Drivers that dosuspend/resume need to calldrm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked() themselves.Simple drivers might usedrm_mode_config_helper_suspend().
Drivers that set the dirty callback on their framebuffer will get a shadowfbdev buffer that is blitted onto the real buffer. This is done in order tomake deferred I/O work with all kinds of buffers. A shadow buffer can berequested explicitly by setting struct drm_mode_config.prefer_shadow orstruct drm_mode_config.prefer_shadow_fbdev to true beforehand. This isrequired to use generic fbdev emulation with SHMEM helpers.
This function is safe to call even when there are no connectors present.Setup will be retried on the next hotplug event.
The fbdev is destroyed bydrm_dev_unregister().
format Helper Functions Reference¶
- void
drm_fb_memcpy(void * dst, void * vaddr, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_rect * clip)¶ Copy clip buffer
Parameters
void*dst- Destination buffer
void*vaddr- Source buffer
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- DRM framebuffer
structdrm_rect*clip- Clip rectangle area to copy
Description
This function does not apply clipping on dst, i.e. the destinationis a small buffer containing the clip rect only.
- void
drm_fb_memcpy_dstclip(void __iomem * dst, void * vaddr, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_rect * clip)¶ Copy clip buffer
Parameters
void__iomem*dst- Destination buffer (iomem)
void*vaddr- Source buffer
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- DRM framebuffer
structdrm_rect*clip- Clip rectangle area to copy
Description
This function applies clipping on dst, i.e. the destination is afull (iomem) framebuffer but only the clip rect content is copied over.
- void
drm_fb_swab(void * dst, void * src, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_rect * clip, bool cached)¶ Swap bytes into clip buffer
Parameters
void*dst- Destination buffer
void*src- Source buffer
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- DRM framebuffer
structdrm_rect*clip- Clip rectangle area to copy
boolcached- Source buffer is mapped cached (eg. not write-combined)
Description
Ifcached is false a temporary buffer is used to cache one pixel line at atime to speed up slow uncached reads.
This function does not apply clipping on dst, i.e. the destinationis a small buffer containing the clip rect only.
- void
drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_rgb565(void * dst, void * vaddr, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_rect * clip, bool swab)¶ Convert XRGB8888 to RGB565 clip buffer
Parameters
void*dst- RGB565 destination buffer
void*vaddr- XRGB8888 source buffer
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- DRM framebuffer
structdrm_rect*clip- Clip rectangle area to copy
boolswab- Swap bytes
Description
Drivers can use this function for RGB565 devices that don’t nativelysupport XRGB8888.
This function does not apply clipping on dst, i.e. the destinationis a small buffer containing the clip rect only.
- void
drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_rgb565_dstclip(void __iomem * dst, unsigned int dst_pitch, void * vaddr, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_rect * clip, bool swab)¶ Convert XRGB8888 to RGB565 clip buffer
Parameters
void__iomem*dst- RGB565 destination buffer (iomem)
unsignedintdst_pitch- destination buffer pitch
void*vaddr- XRGB8888 source buffer
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- DRM framebuffer
structdrm_rect*clip- Clip rectangle area to copy
boolswab- Swap bytes
Description
Drivers can use this function for RGB565 devices that don’t nativelysupport XRGB8888.
This function applies clipping on dst, i.e. the destination is afull (iomem) framebuffer but only the clip rect content is copied over.
- void
drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_rgb888_dstclip(void __iomem * dst, unsigned int dst_pitch, void * vaddr, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_rect * clip)¶ Convert XRGB8888 to RGB888 clip buffer
Parameters
void__iomem*dst- RGB565 destination buffer (iomem)
unsignedintdst_pitch- destination buffer pitch
void*vaddr- XRGB8888 source buffer
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- DRM framebuffer
structdrm_rect*clip- Clip rectangle area to copy
Description
Drivers can use this function for RGB888 devices that don’t nativelysupport XRGB8888.
This function applies clipping on dst, i.e. the destination is afull (iomem) framebuffer but only the clip rect content is copied over.
- void
drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_gray8(u8 * dst, void * vaddr, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_rect * clip)¶ Convert XRGB8888 to grayscale
Parameters
u8*dst- 8-bit grayscale destination buffer
void*vaddr- XRGB8888 source buffer
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- DRM framebuffer
structdrm_rect*clip- Clip rectangle area to copy
Description
Drm doesn’t have native monochrome or grayscale support.Such drivers can announce the commonly supported XR24 format to userspaceand use this function to convert to the native format.
Monochrome drivers will use the most significant bit,where 1 means foreground color and 0 background color.
ITU BT.601 is used for the RGB -> luma (brightness) conversion.
Framebuffer CMA Helper Functions Reference¶
Provides helper functions for creating a cma (contiguous memory allocator)backed framebuffer.
drm_gem_fb_create() is used in thedrm_mode_config_funcs.fb_createcallback function to create a cma backed framebuffer.
- structdrm_gem_cma_object *
drm_fb_cma_get_gem_obj(structdrm_framebuffer * fb, unsigned int plane)¶ Get CMA GEM object for framebuffer
Parameters
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- The framebuffer
unsignedintplane- Which plane
Description
Return the CMA GEM object for given framebuffer.
This function will usually be called from the CRTC callback functions.
- dma_addr_t
drm_fb_cma_get_gem_addr(structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_plane_state * state, unsigned int plane)¶ Get physical address for framebuffer, for pixel formats where values are grouped in blocks this will get you the beginning of the block
Parameters
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- The framebuffer
structdrm_plane_state*state- Which state of drm plane
unsignedintplane- Which planeReturn the CMA GEM address for given framebuffer.
Description
This function will usually be called from the PLANE callback functions.
Framebuffer GEM Helper Reference¶
This library provides helpers for drivers that don’t subclassdrm_framebuffer and usedrm_gem_object for their backing storage.
Drivers without additional needs to validate framebuffers can simply usedrm_gem_fb_create() and everything is wired up automatically. Other driverscan use all parts independently.
- structdrm_gem_object *
drm_gem_fb_get_obj(structdrm_framebuffer * fb, unsigned int plane)¶ Get GEM object backing the framebuffer
Parameters
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- Framebuffer
unsignedintplane- Plane index
Description
No additional reference is taken beyond the one that thedrm_frambufferalready holds.
Return
Pointer todrm_gem_object for the given framebuffer and plane index or NULLif it does not exist.
- void
drm_gem_fb_destroy(structdrm_framebuffer * fb)¶ Free GEM backed framebuffer
Parameters
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- Framebuffer
Description
Frees a GEM backed framebuffer with its backing buffer(s) and the structureitself. Drivers can use this as theirdrm_framebuffer_funcs->destroycallback.
- int
drm_gem_fb_create_handle(structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_file * file, unsigned int * handle)¶ Create handle for GEM backed framebuffer
Parameters
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- Framebuffer
structdrm_file*file- DRM file to register the handle for
unsignedint*handle- Pointer to return the created handle
Description
This function creates a handle for the GEM object backing the framebuffer.Drivers can use this as theirdrm_framebuffer_funcs->create_handlecallback. The GETFB IOCTL calls into this callback.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
drm_gem_fb_init_with_funcs(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_file * file, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd, const structdrm_framebuffer_funcs * funcs)¶ Helper function for implementing
drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_createcallback in cases when the driver allocates a subclass of struct drm_framebuffer
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- framebuffer object
structdrm_file*file- DRM file that holds the GEM handle(s) backing the framebuffer
conststructdrm_mode_fb_cmd2*mode_cmd- Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request
conststructdrm_framebuffer_funcs*funcs- vtable to be used for the new framebuffer object
Description
This function can be used to setdrm_framebuffer_funcs for drivers that needcustom framebuffer callbacks. Usedrm_gem_fb_create() if you don’t need tochangedrm_framebuffer_funcs. The function does buffer size validation.The buffer size validation is for a general case, though, so users shouldpay attention to the checks being appropriate for them or, at least,non-conflicting.
Return
Zero or a negative error code.
- structdrm_framebuffer *
drm_gem_fb_create_with_funcs(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_file * file, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd, const structdrm_framebuffer_funcs * funcs)¶ Helper function for the
drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_createcallback
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_file*file- DRM file that holds the GEM handle(s) backing the framebuffer
conststructdrm_mode_fb_cmd2*mode_cmd- Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request
conststructdrm_framebuffer_funcs*funcs- vtable to be used for the new framebuffer object
Description
This function can be used to setdrm_framebuffer_funcs for drivers that needcustom framebuffer callbacks. Usedrm_gem_fb_create() if you don’t need tochangedrm_framebuffer_funcs. The function does buffer size validation.
Return
Pointer to adrm_framebuffer on success or an error pointer on failure.
- structdrm_framebuffer *
drm_gem_fb_create(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_file * file, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd)¶ Helper function for the
drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_createcallback
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_file*file- DRM file that holds the GEM handle(s) backing the framebuffer
conststructdrm_mode_fb_cmd2*mode_cmd- Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request
Description
This function creates a new framebuffer object described bydrm_mode_fb_cmd2. This description includes handles for the buffer(s)backing the framebuffer.
If your hardware has special alignment or pitch requirements these should bechecked before calling this function. The function does buffer sizevalidation. Usedrm_gem_fb_create_with_dirty() if you need framebufferflushing.
Drivers can use this as theirdrm_mode_config_funcs.fb_create callback.The ADDFB2 IOCTL calls into this callback.
Return
Pointer to adrm_framebuffer on success or an error pointer on failure.
- structdrm_framebuffer *
drm_gem_fb_create_with_dirty(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_file * file, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd)¶ Helper function for the
drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_createcallback
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_file*file- DRM file that holds the GEM handle(s) backing the framebuffer
conststructdrm_mode_fb_cmd2*mode_cmd- Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request
Description
This function creates a new framebuffer object described bydrm_mode_fb_cmd2. This description includes handles for the buffer(s)backing the framebuffer.drm_atomic_helper_dirtyfb() is used for the dirtycallback giving framebuffer flushing through the atomic machinery. Usedrm_gem_fb_create() if you don’t need the dirty callback.The function does buffer size validation.
Drivers should also calldrm_plane_enable_fb_damage_clips() on all planesto enable userspace to use damage clips also with the ATOMIC IOCTL.
Drivers can use this as theirdrm_mode_config_funcs.fb_create callback.The ADDFB2 IOCTL calls into this callback.
Return
Pointer to adrm_framebuffer on success or an error pointer on failure.
- int
drm_gem_fb_afbc_init(structdrm_device * dev, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd, structdrm_afbc_framebuffer * afbc_fb)¶ Helper function for drivers using afbc to fill and validate all the afbc-specific struct drm_afbc_framebuffer members
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
conststructdrm_mode_fb_cmd2*mode_cmd- Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request
structdrm_afbc_framebuffer*afbc_fb- afbc framebuffer
Description
This function can be used by drivers which support afbc to completethe preparation of struct drm_afbc_framebuffer. It must be called afterallocating the said struct and callingdrm_gem_fb_init_with_funcs().It is caller’s responsibility to put afbc_fb->base.obj objects in casethe call is unsuccessful.
Return
Zero on success or a negative error value on failure.
- int
drm_gem_fb_prepare_fb(structdrm_plane * plane, structdrm_plane_state * state)¶ Prepare a GEM backed framebuffer
Parameters
structdrm_plane*plane- Plane
structdrm_plane_state*state- Plane state the fence will be attached to
Description
This function extracts the exclusive fence fromdrm_gem_object.resv andattaches it to plane state for the atomic helper to wait on. This isnecessary to correctly implement implicit synchronization for any buffersshared as a structdma_buf. This function can be used as thedrm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fb callback.
There is no need fordrm_plane_helper_funcs.cleanup_fb hook for simplegem based framebuffer drivers which have their buffers always pinned inmemory.
Seedrm_atomic_set_fence_for_plane() for a discussion of implicit andexplicit fencing in atomic modeset updates.
- int
drm_gem_fb_simple_display_pipe_prepare_fb(structdrm_simple_display_pipe * pipe, structdrm_plane_state * plane_state)¶ prepare_fb helper for
drm_simple_display_pipe
Parameters
structdrm_simple_display_pipe*pipe- Simple display pipe
structdrm_plane_state*plane_state- Plane state
Description
This function usesdrm_gem_fb_prepare_fb() to extract the exclusive fencefromdrm_gem_object.resv and attaches it to plane state for the atomichelper to wait on. This is necessary to correctly implement implicitsynchronization for any buffers shared as a structdma_buf. Drivers can usethis as theirdrm_simple_display_pipe_funcs.prepare_fb callback.
Seedrm_atomic_set_fence_for_plane() for a discussion of implicit andexplicit fencing in atomic modeset updates.
Bridges¶
Overview¶
structdrm_bridge represents a device that hangs on to an encoder. These arehandy when a regulardrm_encoder entity isn’t enough to represent the entireencoder chain.
A bridge is always attached to a singledrm_encoder at a time, but can beeither connected to it directly, or through a chain of bridges:
[ CRTC ---> ] Encoder ---> Bridge A ---> Bridge B
Here, the output of the encoder feeds to bridge A, and that furthers feeds tobridge B. Bridge chains can be arbitrarily long, and shall be fully linear:Chaining multiple bridges to the output of a bridge, or the same bridge tothe output of different bridges, is not supported.
Display drivers are responsible for linking encoders with the first bridgein the chains. This is done by acquiring the appropriate bridge withof_drm_find_bridge() ordrm_of_find_panel_or_bridge(), or creating it for apanel withdrm_panel_bridge_add_typed() (or the managed versiondevm_drm_panel_bridge_add_typed()). Once acquired, the bridge shall beattached to the encoder with a call todrm_bridge_attach().
Bridges are responsible for linking themselves with the next bridge in thechain, if any. This is done the same way as for encoders, with the call todrm_bridge_attach() occurring in thedrm_bridge_funcs.attach operation.
Once these links are created, the bridges can participate along with encoderfunctions to perform mode validation and fixup (throughdrm_bridge_chain_mode_valid() anddrm_atomic_bridge_chain_check()), modesetting (throughdrm_bridge_chain_mode_set()), enable (throughdrm_atomic_bridge_chain_pre_enable() anddrm_atomic_bridge_chain_enable())and disable (throughdrm_atomic_bridge_chain_disable() anddrm_atomic_bridge_chain_post_disable()). Those functions call thecorresponding operations provided indrm_bridge_funcs in sequence for allbridges in the chain.
For display drivers that use the atomic helpersdrm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(),drm_atomic_helper_commit_modeset_enables() anddrm_atomic_helper_commit_modeset_disables() (either directly in hand-rolledcommit check and commit tail handlers, or through the higher-leveldrm_atomic_helper_check() anddrm_atomic_helper_commit_tail() ordrm_atomic_helper_commit_tail_rpm() helpers), this is done transparently andrequires no intervention from the driver. For other drivers, the relevantDRM bridge chain functions shall be called manually.
Bridges also participate in implementing thedrm_connector at the end ofthe bridge chain. Display drivers may use thedrm_bridge_connector_init()helper to create thedrm_connector, or implement it manually on top of theconnector-related operations exposed by the bridge (see the overviewdocumentation of bridge operations for more details).
drm_bridge, likedrm_panel, aren’tdrm_mode_object entities like planes,CRTCs, encoders or connectors and hence are not visible to userspace. Theyjust provide additional hooks to get the desired output at the end of theencoder chain.
Bridge Operations¶
Bridge drivers expose operations through thedrm_bridge_funcs structure.The DRM internals (atomic and CRTC helpers) use the helpers defined indrm_bridge.c to call bridge operations. Those operations are divided inthree big categories to support different parts of the bridge usage.
The encoder-related operations support control of the bridges in thechain, and are roughly counterparts to the
drm_encoder_helper_funcsoperations. They are used by the legacy CRTC and the atomic modesethelpers to perform mode validation, fixup and setting, and enable anddisable the bridge automatically.The enable and disable operations are split in
drm_bridge_funcs.pre_enable,drm_bridge_funcs.enable,drm_bridge_funcs.disableanddrm_bridge_funcs.post_disableto providefiner-grained control.Bridge drivers may implement the legacy version of those operations, orthe atomic version (prefixed with atomic_), in which case they shall alsoimplement the atomic state bookkeeping operations(
drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_duplicate_state,drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_destroy_stateanddrm_bridge_funcs.reset).Mixing atomic and non-atomic versions of the operations is not supported.The bus format negotiation operations
drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_get_output_bus_fmtsanddrm_bridge_funcs.atomic_get_input_bus_fmtsallow bridge drivers tonegotiate the formats transmitted between bridges in the chain whenmultiple formats are supported. Negotiation for formats is performedtransparently for display drivers by the atomic modeset helpers. Onlyatomic versions of those operations exist, bridge drivers that need toimplement them shall thus also implement the atomic version of theencoder-related operations. This feature is not supported by the legacyCRTC helpers.The connector-related operations support implementing a
drm_connectorbased on a chain of bridges. DRM bridges traditionally create adrm_connectorfor bridges meant to be used at the end of the chain. Thisputs additional burden on bridge drivers, especially for bridges that maybe used in the middle of a chain or at the end of it. Furthermore, itrequires all operations of thedrm_connectorto be handled by a singlebridge, which doesn’t always match the hardware architecture.To simplify bridge drivers and make the connector implementation moreflexible, a new model allows bridges to unconditionally skip creation of
drm_connectorand instead exposedrm_bridge_funcsoperations to supportan externally-implementeddrm_connector. Those operations aredrm_bridge_funcs.detect,drm_bridge_funcs.get_modes,drm_bridge_funcs.get_edid,drm_bridge_funcs.hpd_notify,drm_bridge_funcs.hpd_enableanddrm_bridge_funcs.hpd_disable. Whenimplemented, display drivers shall create adrm_connectorinstance foreach chain of bridges, and implement those connector instances based onthe bridge connector operations.Bridge drivers shall implement the connector-related operations for allthe features that the bridge hardware support. For instance, if a bridgesupports reading EDID, the
drm_bridge_funcs.get_edidshall beimplemented. This however doesn’t mean that the DDC lines are wired to thebridge on a particular platform, as they could also be connected to an I2Ccontroller of the SoC. Support for the connector-related operations on therunning platform is reported through thedrm_bridge.opsflags. Bridgedrivers shall detect which operations they can support on the platform(usually this information is provided by ACPI or DT), and set thedrm_bridge.opsflags for all supported operations. A flag shall only beset if the correspondingdrm_bridge_funcsoperation is implemented, butan implemented operation doesn’t necessarily imply that the correspondingflag will be set. Display drivers shall use thedrm_bridge.opsflags todecide which bridge to delegate a connector operation to. This mechanismallows providing a single static constdrm_bridge_funcsinstance inbridge drivers, improving security by storing function pointers inread-only memory.In order to ease transition, bridge drivers may support both the old andnew models by making connector creation optional and implementing theconnected-related bridge operations. Connector creation is then controlledby the flags argument to the
drm_bridge_attach()function. Display driversthat support the new model and create connectors themselves shall set theDRM_BRIDGE_ATTACH_NO_CONNECTORflag, and bridge drivers shall then skipconnector creation. For intermediate bridges in the chain, the flag shallbe passed to thedrm_bridge_attach()call for the downstream bridge.Bridge drivers that implement the new model only shall return an errorfrom theirdrm_bridge_funcs.attachhandler when theDRM_BRIDGE_ATTACH_NO_CONNECTORflag is not set. New display driversshould use the new model, and convert the bridge drivers they use ifneeded, in order to gradually transition to the new model.
Bridge Connector Helper¶
The DRM bridge connector helper object provides a DRM connectorimplementation that wraps a chain ofstructdrm_bridge. The connectoroperations are fully implemented based on the operations of the bridges inthe chain, and don’t require any intervention from the display controllerdriver at runtime.
To use the helper, display controller drivers create a bridge connector witha call todrm_bridge_connector_init(). This associates the newly createdconnector with the chain of bridges passed to the function and registers itwith the DRM device. At that point the connector becomes fully usable, nofurther operation is needed.
The DRM bridge connector operations are implemented based on the operationsprovided by the bridges in the chain. Each connector operation is delegatedto the bridge closest to the connector (at the end of the chain) thatprovides the relevant functionality.
To make use of this helper, all bridges in the chain shall report bridgeoperation flags (drm_bridge->ops) and bridge output type(drm_bridge->type), as well as the DRM_BRIDGE_ATTACH_NO_CONNECTOR attachflag (none of the bridges shall create a DRM connector directly).
Bridge Helper Reference¶
- enum
drm_bridge_attach_flags¶ Flags for
drm_bridge_funcs.attach
Constants
DRM_BRIDGE_ATTACH_NO_CONNECTOR- When this flag is set the bridgeshall not create a drm_connector.
- struct
drm_bridge_funcs¶ drm_bridge control functions
Definition
struct drm_bridge_funcs { int (*attach)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, enum drm_bridge_attach_flags flags); void (*detach)(struct drm_bridge *bridge); enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,const struct drm_display_info *info, const struct drm_display_mode *mode); bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode); void (*disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge); void (*post_disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge); void (*mode_set)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, const struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode); void (*pre_enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge); void (*enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge); void (*atomic_pre_enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *old_bridge_state); void (*atomic_enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *old_bridge_state); void (*atomic_disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *old_bridge_state); void (*atomic_post_disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *old_bridge_state); struct drm_bridge_state *(*atomic_duplicate_state)(struct drm_bridge *bridge); void (*atomic_destroy_state)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *state); u32 *(*atomic_get_output_bus_fmts)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,struct drm_bridge_state *bridge_state,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state,struct drm_connector_state *conn_state, unsigned int *num_output_fmts); u32 *(*atomic_get_input_bus_fmts)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,struct drm_bridge_state *bridge_state,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state,struct drm_connector_state *conn_state,u32 output_fmt, unsigned int *num_input_fmts); int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,struct drm_bridge_state *bridge_state,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_connector_state *conn_state); struct drm_bridge_state *(*atomic_reset)(struct drm_bridge *bridge); enum drm_connector_status (*detect)(struct drm_bridge *bridge); int (*get_modes)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_connector *connector); struct edid *(*get_edid)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_connector *connector); void (*hpd_notify)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, enum drm_connector_status status); void (*hpd_enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge); void (*hpd_disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);};Members
attachThis callback is invoked whenever our bridge is being attached to a
drm_encoder. The flags argument tunes the behaviour of the attachoperation (see DRM_BRIDGE_ATTACH_*).Theattach callback is optional.
RETURNS:
Zero on success, error code on failure.
detachThis callback is invoked whenever our bridge is being detached from a
drm_encoder.Thedetach callback is optional.
mode_validThis callback is used to check if a specific mode is valid in thisbridge. This should be implemented if the bridge has some sort ofrestriction in the modes it can display. For example, a given bridgemay be responsible to set a clock value. If the clock can notproduce all the values for the available modes then this callbackcan be used to restrict the number of modes to only the ones thatcan be displayed.
This hook is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list in
drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(), and it is used by theatomic helpers to validate modes supplied by userspace indrm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().Themode_valid callback is optional.
NOTE:
Since this function is both called from the check phase of an atomiccommit, and the mode validation in the probe paths it is not allowedto look at anything else but the passed-in mode, and validate itagainst configuration-invariant hardward constraints. Any furtherlimits which depend upon the configuration can only be checked inmode_fixup.
RETURNS:
drm_mode_status Enum
mode_fixupThis callback is used to validate and adjust a mode. The parametermode is the display mode that should be fed to the next element inthe display chain, either the final
drm_connectoror the nextdrm_bridge. The parameter adjusted_mode is the input mode the bridgerequires. It can be modified by this callback and does not need tomatch mode. See alsodrm_crtc_state.adjusted_modefor more details.This is the only hook that allows a bridge to reject a modeset. Ifthis function passes all other callbacks must succeed for thisconfiguration.
The mode_fixup callback is optional.
drm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixup()is not called whendrm_bridge_funcs.atomic_check()is implemented,so only one of them should be provided.NOTE:
This function is called in the check phase of atomic modesets, whichcan be aborted for any reason (including on userspace’s request tojust check whether a configuration would be possible). Drivers MUSTNOT touch any persistent state (hardware or software) or datastructures except the passed instate parameter.
Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neithercore nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported bythe GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in
drm_connector.modes. To ensurethat modes are filtered consistently put any bridge constraints andlimits checks intomode_valid.RETURNS:
True if an acceptable configuration is possible, false if the modesetoperation should be rejected.
disableThis callback should disable the bridge. It is called right beforethe preceding element in the display pipe is disabled. If thepreceding element is a bridge this means it’s called before thatbridge’sdisable vfunc. If the preceding element is a
drm_encoderit’s called right before thedrm_encoder_helper_funcs.disable,drm_encoder_helper_funcs.prepareordrm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpmshook.The bridge can assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timingsignals) feeding it is still running when this callback is called.
Thedisable callback is optional.
post_disableThis callback should disable the bridge. It is called right after thepreceding element in the display pipe is disabled. If the precedingelement is a bridge this means it’s called after that bridge’spost_disable function. If the preceding element is a
drm_encoderit’s called right after the encoder’sdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.disable,drm_encoder_helper_funcs.prepareordrm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpmshook.The bridge must assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timingsingals) feeding it is no longer running when this callback iscalled.
Thepost_disable callback is optional.
mode_setThis callback should set the given mode on the bridge. It is calledafter themode_set callback for the preceding element in the displaypipeline has been called already. If the bridge is the first elementthen this would be
drm_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_set. The displaypipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) is off when this function iscalled.The adjusted_mode parameter is the mode output by the CRTC for thefirst bridge in the chain. It can be different from the modeparameter that contains the desired mode for the connector at the endof the bridges chain, for instance when the first bridge in the chainperforms scaling. The adjusted mode is mostly useful for the firstbridge in the chain and is likely irrelevant for the other bridges.
For atomic drivers the adjusted_mode is the mode stored in
drm_crtc_state.adjusted_mode.NOTE:
If a need arises to store and access modes adjusted for otherlocations than the connection between the CRTC and the first bridge,the DRM framework will have to be extended with DRM bridge states.
pre_enableThis callback should enable the bridge. It is called right beforethe preceding element in the display pipe is enabled. If thepreceding element is a bridge this means it’s called before thatbridge’spre_enable function. If the preceding element is a
drm_encoderit’s called right before the encoder’sdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.enable,drm_encoder_helper_funcs.commitordrm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpmshook.The display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding this bridgewill not yet be running when this callback is called. The bridge mustnot enable the display link feeding the next bridge in the chain (ifthere is one) when this callback is called.
Thepre_enable callback is optional.
enableThis callback should enable the bridge. It is called right afterthe preceding element in the display pipe is enabled. If thepreceding element is a bridge this means it’s called after thatbridge’senable function. If the preceding element is a
drm_encoderit’s called right after the encoder’sdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.enable,drm_encoder_helper_funcs.commitordrm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpmshook.The bridge can assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timingsignals) feeding it is running when this callback is called. Thiscallback must enable the display link feeding the next bridge in thechain if there is one.
Theenable callback is optional.
atomic_pre_enableThis callback should enable the bridge. It is called right beforethe preceding element in the display pipe is enabled. If thepreceding element is a bridge this means it’s called before thatbridge’satomic_pre_enable orpre_enable function. If the precedingelement is a
drm_encoderit’s called right before the encoder’sdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_enablehook.The display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding this bridgewill not yet be running when this callback is called. The bridge mustnot enable the display link feeding the next bridge in the chain (ifthere is one) when this callback is called.
Note that this function will only be invoked in the context of anatomic commit. It will not be invoked from
drm_bridge_chain_pre_enable. It would be prudent to also provide animplementation ofpre_enable if you are expecting driver calls intodrm_bridge_chain_pre_enable.Theatomic_pre_enable callback is optional.
atomic_enableThis callback should enable the bridge. It is called right afterthe preceding element in the display pipe is enabled. If thepreceding element is a bridge this means it’s called after thatbridge’satomic_enable orenable function. If the preceding elementis a
drm_encoderit’s called right after the encoder’sdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_enablehook.The bridge can assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timingsignals) feeding it is running when this callback is called. Thiscallback must enable the display link feeding the next bridge in thechain if there is one.
Note that this function will only be invoked in the context of anatomic commit. It will not be invoked from
drm_bridge_chain_enable.It would be prudent to also provide an implementation ofenable ifyou are expecting driver calls intodrm_bridge_chain_enable.Theatomic_enable callback is optional.
atomic_disableThis callback should disable the bridge. It is called right beforethe preceding element in the display pipe is disabled. If thepreceding element is a bridge this means it’s called before thatbridge’satomic_disable ordisable vfunc. If the preceding elementis a
drm_encoderit’s called right before thedrm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_disablehook.The bridge can assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timingsignals) feeding it is still running when this callback is called.
Note that this function will only be invoked in the context of anatomic commit. It will not be invoked from
drm_bridge_chain_disable. It would be prudent to also provide animplementation ofdisable if you are expecting driver calls intodrm_bridge_chain_disable.Theatomic_disable callback is optional.
atomic_post_disableThis callback should disable the bridge. It is called right after thepreceding element in the display pipe is disabled. If the precedingelement is a bridge this means it’s called after that bridge’satomic_post_disable orpost_disable function. If the precedingelement is a
drm_encoderit’s called right after the encoder’sdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_disablehook.The bridge must assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timingsignals) feeding it is no longer running when this callback iscalled.
Note that this function will only be invoked in the context of anatomic commit. It will not be invoked from
drm_bridge_chain_post_disable.It would be prudent to also provide an implementation ofpost_disable if you are expecting driver calls intodrm_bridge_chain_post_disable.Theatomic_post_disable callback is optional.
atomic_duplicate_stateDuplicate the current bridge state object (which is guaranteed to benon-NULL).
The atomic_duplicate_state hook is mandatory if the bridgeimplements any of the atomic hooks, and should be left unassignedotherwise. For bridges that don’t subclass
drm_bridge_state, thedrm_atomic_helper_bridge_duplicate_state()helper function shall beused to implement this hook.RETURNS:A valid drm_bridge_state object or NULL if the allocation fails.
atomic_destroy_stateDestroy a bridge state object previously allocated by
drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_duplicate_state().The atomic_destroy_state hook is mandatory if the bridge implementsany of the atomic hooks, and should be left unassigned otherwise.For bridges that don’t subclass
drm_bridge_state, thedrm_atomic_helper_bridge_destroy_state()helper function shall beused to implement this hook.atomic_get_output_bus_fmtsReturn the supported bus formats on the output end of a bridge.The returned array must be allocated with
kmalloc()and will befreed by the caller. If the allocation fails, NULL should bereturned. num_output_fmts must be set to the returned array size.Formats listed in the returned array should be listed in decreasingpreference order (the core will try all formats until it finds onethat works).This method is only called on the last element of the bridge chainas part of the bus format negotiation process that happens in
drm_atomic_bridge_chain_select_bus_fmts`().Thismethodisoptional.Whennotimplemented,thecorewillfallbackto:c:type:`drm_connector.display_info.bus_formats[0] ifdrm_connector.display_info.num_bus_formats > 0,or to MEDIA_BUS_FMT_FIXED otherwise.atomic_get_input_bus_fmtsReturn the supported bus formats on the input end of a bridge fora specific output bus format.
The returned array must be allocated with
kmalloc()and will befreed by the caller. If the allocation fails, NULL should bereturned. num_output_fmts must be set to the returned array size.Formats listed in the returned array should be listed in decreasingpreference order (the core will try all formats until it finds onethat works). When the format is not supported NULL should bereturned and num_output_fmts should be set to 0.This method is called on all elements of the bridge chain as part ofthe bus format negotiation process that happens indrm_atomic_bridge_chain_select_bus_fmts().This method is optional. When not implemented, the core will bypassbus format negotiation on this element of the bridge withoutfailing, and the previous element in the chain will be passedMEDIA_BUS_FMT_FIXED as its output bus format.
Bridge drivers that need to support being linked to bridges that arenot supporting bus format negotiation should handle theoutput_fmt == MEDIA_BUS_FMT_FIXED case appropriately, by selecting asensible default value or extracting this information from somewhereelse (FW property,
drm_display_mode,drm_display_info, …)Note: Even if input format selection on the first bridge has noimpact on the negotiation process (bus format negotiation stops oncewe reach the first element of the chain), drivers are expected toreturn accurate input formats as the input format may be used toconfigure the CRTC output appropriately.
atomic_checkThis method is responsible for checking bridge state correctness.It can also check the state of the surrounding components in chainto make sure the whole pipeline can work properly.
drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_check()hooks are called in reverseorder (from the last to the first bridge).This method is optional.
drm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixup()is notcalled whendrm_bridge_funcs.atomic_check()is implemented, so onlyone of them should be provided.If drivers need to tweak
drm_bridge_state.input_bus_cfg.flags ordrm_bridge_state.output_bus_cfg.flags it should happen inthis function. By default thedrm_bridge_state.output_bus_cfg.flagsfield is set to the next bridgedrm_bridge_state.input_bus_cfg.flags value ordrm_connector.display_info.bus_flags if the bridge is the lastelement in the chain.RETURNS:zero if the check passed, a negative error code otherwise.
atomic_resetReset the bridge to a predefined state (or retrieve its currentstate) and return a
drm_bridge_stateobject matching this state.This function is called at attach time.The atomic_reset hook is mandatory if the bridge implements any ofthe atomic hooks, and should be left unassigned otherwise. Forbridges that don’t subclass
drm_bridge_state, thedrm_atomic_helper_bridge_reset()helper function shall be used toimplement this hook.Note that the atomic_reset() semantics is not exactly matching thereset() semantics found on other components (connector, plane, …).
- The reset operation happens when the bridge is attached, not when
drm_mode_config_reset()is called - It’s meant to be used exclusively on bridges that have beenconverted to the ATOMIC API
RETURNS:A valid drm_bridge_state object in case of success, an ERR_PTR()giving the reason of the failure otherwise.
- The reset operation happens when the bridge is attached, not when
detectCheck if anything is attached to the bridge output.
This callback is optional, if not implemented the bridge will beconsidered as always having a component attached to its output.Bridges that implement this callback shall set theDRM_BRIDGE_OP_DETECT flag in their
drm_bridge->ops.RETURNS:
drm_connector_status indicating the bridge output status.
get_modesFill all modes currently valid for the sink into the
drm_connectorwithdrm_mode_probed_add().Theget_modes callback is mostly intended to support non-probeabledisplays such as many fixed panels. Bridges that support readingEDID shall leaveget_modes unimplemented and implement the
drm_bridge_funcs->get_edidcallback instead.This callback is optional. Bridges that implement it shall set theDRM_BRIDGE_OP_MODES flag in their
drm_bridge->ops.The connector parameter shall be used for the sole purpose offilling modes, and shall not be stored internally by bridge driversfor future usage.
RETURNS:
The number of modes added by calling
drm_mode_probed_add().get_edidRead and parse the EDID data of the connected display.
Theget_edid callback is the preferred way of reporting modeinformation for a display connected to the bridge output. Bridgesthat support reading EDID shall implement this callback and leavetheget_modes callback unimplemented.
The caller of this operation shall first verify the outputconnection status and refrain from reading EDID from a disconnectedoutput.
This callback is optional. Bridges that implement it shall set theDRM_BRIDGE_OP_EDID flag in their
drm_bridge->ops.The connector parameter shall be used for the sole purpose of EDIDretrieval and parsing, and shall not be stored internally by bridgedrivers for future usage.
RETURNS:
An edid structure newly allocated with
kmalloc()(or similar) onsuccess, or NULL otherwise. The caller is responsible for freeingthe returned edid structure withkfree().hpd_notifyNotify the bridge of hot plug detection.
This callback is optional, it may be implemented by bridges thatneed to be notified of display connection or disconnection forinternal reasons. One use case is to reset the internal state of CECcontrollers for HDMI bridges.
hpd_enableEnable hot plug detection. From now on the bridge shall call
drm_bridge_hpd_notify()each time a change is detected in the outputconnection status, until hot plug detection gets disabled withhpd_disable.This callback is optional and shall only be implemented by bridgesthat support hot-plug notification without polling. Bridges thatimplement it shall also implement thehpd_disable callback and setthe DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HPD flag in their
drm_bridge->ops.hpd_disableDisable hot plug detection. Once this function returns the bridgeshall not call
drm_bridge_hpd_notify()when a change in the outputconnection status occurs.This callback is optional and shall only be implemented by bridgesthat support hot-plug notification without polling. Bridges thatimplement it shall also implement thehpd_enable callback and setthe DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HPD flag in their
drm_bridge->ops.
- struct
drm_bridge_timings¶ timing information for the bridge
Definition
struct drm_bridge_timings { u32 input_bus_flags; u32 setup_time_ps; u32 hold_time_ps; bool dual_link;};Members
input_bus_flags- Tells what additional settings for the pixel data on the busthis bridge requires (like pixel signal polarity). See also
drm_display_info->bus_flags. setup_time_ps- Defines the time in picoseconds the input data lines must bestable before the clock edge.
hold_time_ps- Defines the time in picoseconds taken for the bridge to sample theinput signal after the clock edge.
dual_link- True if the bus operates in dual-link mode. The exact meaning isdependent on the bus type. For LVDS buses, this indicates that even-and odd-numbered pixels are received on separate links.
- enum
drm_bridge_ops¶ Bitmask of operations supported by the bridge
Constants
DRM_BRIDGE_OP_DETECT- The bridge can detect displays connected toits output. Bridges that set this flag shall implement the
drm_bridge_funcs->detectcallback. DRM_BRIDGE_OP_EDID- The bridge can retrieve the EDID of the displayconnected to its output. Bridges that set this flag shall implementthe
drm_bridge_funcs->get_edidcallback. DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HPD- The bridge can detect hot-plug and hot-unplugwithout requiring polling. Bridges that set this flag shallimplement the
drm_bridge_funcs->hpd_enableanddrm_bridge_funcs->hpd_disablecallbacks if they support enablingand disabling hot-plug detection dynamically. DRM_BRIDGE_OP_MODES- The bridge can retrieve the modes supportedby the display at its output. This does not include reading EDIDwhich is separately covered byDRM_BRIDGE_OP_EDID. Bridges that setthis flag shall implement the
drm_bridge_funcs->get_modescallback.
- struct
drm_bridge¶ central DRM bridge control structure
Definition
struct drm_bridge { struct drm_private_obj base; struct drm_device *dev; struct drm_encoder *encoder; struct list_head chain_node;#ifdef CONFIG_OF; struct device_node *of_node;#endif; struct list_head list; const struct drm_bridge_timings *timings; const struct drm_bridge_funcs *funcs; void *driver_private; enum drm_bridge_ops ops; int type; bool interlace_allowed; struct i2c_adapter *ddc; struct mutex hpd_mutex; void (*hpd_cb)(void *data, enum drm_connector_status status); void *hpd_data;};Members
base- inherit from
drm_private_object dev- DRM device this bridge belongs to
encoder- encoder to which this bridge is connected
chain_node- used to form a bridge chain
of_node- device node pointer to the bridge
list- to keep track of all added bridges
timings- the timing specification for the bridge, if any (may be NULL)
funcs- control functions
driver_private- pointer to the bridge driver’s internal context
ops- bitmask of operations supported by the bridge
type- Type of the connection at the bridge output(DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_*). For bridges at the end of this chain thisidentifies the type of connected display.
interlace_allowed- Indicate that the bridge can handle interlacedmodes.
ddc- Associated I2C adapter for DDC access, if any.
hpd_mutex- Protects thehpd_cb andhpd_data fields.
hpd_cb- Hot plug detection callback, registered with
drm_bridge_hpd_enable(). hpd_data- Private data passed to the Hot plug detection callbackhpd_cb.
- structdrm_bridge *
drm_bridge_get_next_bridge(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ Get the next bridge in the chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge object
Return
the next bridge in the chain afterbridge, or NULL ifbridge is the last.
- structdrm_bridge *
drm_bridge_get_prev_bridge(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ Get the previous bridge in the chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge object
Return
the previous bridge in the chain, or NULL ifbridge is the first.
- structdrm_bridge *
drm_bridge_chain_get_first_bridge(structdrm_encoder * encoder)¶ Get the first bridge in the chain
Parameters
structdrm_encoder*encoder- encoder object
Return
the first bridge in the chain, or NULL ifencoder has no bridge attachedto it.
drm_for_each_bridge_in_chain(encoder,bridge)¶Iterate over all bridges present in a chain
Parameters
encoder- the encoder to iterate bridges on
bridge- a bridge pointer updated to point to the current bridge at eachiteration
Description
Iterate over all bridges present in the bridge chain attached toencoder.
- void
drm_bridge_add(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ add the given bridge to the global bridge list
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
- void
drm_bridge_remove(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ remove the given bridge from the global bridge list
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
- int
drm_bridge_attach(structdrm_encoder * encoder, structdrm_bridge * bridge, structdrm_bridge * previous, enumdrm_bridge_attach_flags flags)¶ attach the bridge to an encoder’s chain
Parameters
structdrm_encoder*encoder- DRM encoder
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge to attach
structdrm_bridge*previous- previous bridge in the chain (optional)
enumdrm_bridge_attach_flagsflags- DRM_BRIDGE_ATTACH_* flags
Description
Called by a kms driver to link the bridge to an encoder’s chain. The previousargument specifies the previous bridge in the chain. If NULL, the bridge islinked directly at the encoder’s output. Otherwise it is linked at theprevious bridge’s output.
If non-NULL the previous bridge must be already attached by a call to thisfunction.
Note that bridges attached to encoders are auto-detached during encodercleanup indrm_encoder_cleanup(), sodrm_bridge_attach() should generallynot be balanced with a drm_bridge_detach() in driver code.
Return
Zero on success, error code on failure
- bool
drm_bridge_chain_mode_fixup(structdrm_bridge * bridge, const structdrm_display_mode * mode, structdrm_display_mode * adjusted_mode)¶ fixup proposed mode for all bridges in the encoder chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
conststructdrm_display_mode*mode- desired mode to be set for the bridge
structdrm_display_mode*adjusted_mode- updated mode that works for this bridge
Description
Callsdrm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixup for all the bridges in theencoder chain, starting from the first bridge to the last.
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
Return
true on success, false on failure
- enumdrm_mode_status
drm_bridge_chain_mode_valid(structdrm_bridge * bridge, const structdrm_display_info * info, const structdrm_display_mode * mode)¶ validate the mode against all bridges in the encoder chain.
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
conststructdrm_display_info*info- display info against which the mode shall be validated
conststructdrm_display_mode*mode- desired mode to be validated
Description
Callsdrm_bridge_funcs.mode_valid for all the bridges in the encoderchain, starting from the first bridge to the last. If at least one bridgedoes not accept the mode the function returns the error code.
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder.
Return
MODE_OK on success, drm_mode_status Enum error code on failure
- void
drm_bridge_chain_disable(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ disables all bridges in the encoder chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
Description
Callsdrm_bridge_funcs.disable op for all the bridges in the encoderchain, starting from the last bridge to the first. These are called beforecalling the encoder’s prepare op.
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- void
drm_bridge_chain_post_disable(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ cleans up after disabling all bridges in the encoder chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
Description
Callsdrm_bridge_funcs.post_disable op for all the bridges in theencoder chain, starting from the first bridge to the last. These are calledafter completing the encoder’s prepare op.
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- void
drm_bridge_chain_mode_set(structdrm_bridge * bridge, const structdrm_display_mode * mode, const structdrm_display_mode * adjusted_mode)¶ set proposed mode for all bridges in the encoder chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
conststructdrm_display_mode*mode- desired mode to be set for the encoder chain
conststructdrm_display_mode*adjusted_mode- updated mode that works for this encoder chain
Description
Callsdrm_bridge_funcs.mode_set op for all the bridges in theencoder chain, starting from the first bridge to the last.
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- void
drm_bridge_chain_pre_enable(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ prepares for enabling all bridges in the encoder chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
Description
Callsdrm_bridge_funcs.pre_enable op for all the bridges in the encoderchain, starting from the last bridge to the first. These are calledbefore calling the encoder’s commit op.
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- void
drm_bridge_chain_enable(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ enables all bridges in the encoder chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
Description
Callsdrm_bridge_funcs.enable op for all the bridges in the encoderchain, starting from the first bridge to the last. These are calledafter completing the encoder’s commit op.
Note that the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- void
drm_atomic_bridge_chain_disable(structdrm_bridge * bridge, structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ disables all bridges in the encoder chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- old atomic state
Description
Callsdrm_bridge_funcs.atomic_disable (falls back ondrm_bridge_funcs.disable) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain,starting from the last bridge to the first. These are called before callingdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_disable
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- void
drm_atomic_bridge_chain_post_disable(structdrm_bridge * bridge, structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ cleans up after disabling all bridges in the encoder chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- old atomic state
Description
Callsdrm_bridge_funcs.atomic_post_disable (falls back ondrm_bridge_funcs.post_disable) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain,starting from the first bridge to the last. These are called after completingdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_disable
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- void
drm_atomic_bridge_chain_pre_enable(structdrm_bridge * bridge, structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ prepares for enabling all bridges in the encoder chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- old atomic state
Description
Callsdrm_bridge_funcs.atomic_pre_enable (falls back ondrm_bridge_funcs.pre_enable) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain,starting from the last bridge to the first. These are called before callingdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_enable
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- void
drm_atomic_bridge_chain_enable(structdrm_bridge * bridge, structdrm_atomic_state * old_state)¶ enables all bridges in the encoder chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
structdrm_atomic_state*old_state- old atomic state
Description
Callsdrm_bridge_funcs.atomic_enable (falls back ondrm_bridge_funcs.enable) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain,starting from the first bridge to the last. These are called after completingdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_enable
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- int
drm_atomic_bridge_chain_check(structdrm_bridge * bridge, structdrm_crtc_state * crtc_state, structdrm_connector_state * conn_state)¶ Do an atomic check on the bridge chain
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
structdrm_crtc_state*crtc_state- new CRTC state
structdrm_connector_state*conn_state- new connector state
Description
First trigger a bus format negotiation before callingdrm_bridge_funcs.atomic_check() (falls back ondrm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixup()) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain,starting from the last bridge to the first. These are called before callingdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_check()
Return
0 on success, a negative error code on failure
- enumdrm_connector_status
drm_bridge_detect(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ check if anything is attached to the bridge output
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
Description
If the bridge supports output detection, as reported by theDRM_BRIDGE_OP_DETECT bridge ops flag, calldrm_bridge_funcs.detect for thebridge and return the connection status. Otherwise returnconnector_status_unknown.
Return
The detection status on success, or connector_status_unknown if the bridgedoesn’t support output detection.
- int
drm_bridge_get_modes(structdrm_bridge * bridge, structdrm_connector * connector)¶ fill all modes currently valid for the sink into theconnector
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
structdrm_connector*connector- the connector to fill with modes
Description
If the bridge supports output modes retrieval, as reported by theDRM_BRIDGE_OP_MODES bridge ops flag, calldrm_bridge_funcs.get_modes tofill the connector with all valid modes and return the number of modesadded. Otherwise return 0.
Return
The number of modes added to the connector.
- struct edid *
drm_bridge_get_edid(structdrm_bridge * bridge, structdrm_connector * connector)¶ get the EDID data of the connected display
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
structdrm_connector*connector- the connector to read EDID for
Description
If the bridge supports output EDID retrieval, as reported by theDRM_BRIDGE_OP_EDID bridge ops flag, calldrm_bridge_funcs.get_edid toget the EDID and return it. Otherwise return NULL.
Return
The retrieved EDID on success, or NULL otherwise.
- void
drm_bridge_hpd_enable(structdrm_bridge * bridge, void (*cb)(void *data, enumdrm_connector_status status), void * data)¶ enable hot plug detection for the bridge
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
void(*)(void*data,enumdrm_connector_statusstatus)cb- hot-plug detection callback
void*data- data to be passed to the hot-plug detection callback
Description
Calldrm_bridge_funcs.hpd_enable if implemented and register the givencbanddata as hot plug notification callback. From now on thecb will becalled withdata when an output status change is detected by the bridge,until hot plug notification gets disabled withdrm_bridge_hpd_disable().
Hot plug detection is supported only if the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HPD flag is set inbridge->ops. This function shall not be called when the flag is not set.
Only one hot plug detection callback can be registered at a time, it is anerror to call this function when hot plug detection is already enabled forthe bridge.
- void
drm_bridge_hpd_disable(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ disable hot plug detection for the bridge
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
Description
Calldrm_bridge_funcs.hpd_disable if implemented and unregister the hotplug detection callback previously registered withdrm_bridge_hpd_enable().Once this function returns the callback will not be called by the bridgewhen an output status change occurs.
Hot plug detection is supported only if the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HPD flag is set inbridge->ops. This function shall not be called when the flag is not set.
- void
drm_bridge_hpd_notify(structdrm_bridge * bridge, enumdrm_connector_status status)¶ notify hot plug detection events
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- bridge control structure
enumdrm_connector_statusstatus- output connection status
Description
Bridge drivers shall call this function to report hot plug events when theydetect a change in the output status, when hot plug detection has beenenabled bydrm_bridge_hpd_enable().
This function shall be called in a context that can sleep.
- structdrm_bridge *
of_drm_find_bridge(struct device_node * np)¶ find the bridge corresponding to the device node in the global bridge list
Parameters
structdevice_node*np- device node
Return
drm_bridge control struct on success, NULL on failure
Bridge Connector Helper Reference¶
- void
drm_bridge_connector_enable_hpd(structdrm_connector * connector)¶ Enable hot-plug detection for the connector
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- The DRM bridge connector
Description
This function enables hot-plug detection for the given bridge connector.This is typically used by display drivers in their resume handler.
- void
drm_bridge_connector_disable_hpd(structdrm_connector * connector)¶ Disable hot-plug detection for the connector
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- The DRM bridge connector
Description
This function disables hot-plug detection for the given bridge connector.This is typically used by display drivers in their suspend handler.
- structdrm_connector *
drm_bridge_connector_init(structdrm_device * drm, structdrm_encoder * encoder)¶ Initialise a connector for a chain of bridges
Parameters
structdrm_device*drm- the DRM device
structdrm_encoder*encoder- the encoder where the bridge chain starts
Description
Allocate, initialise and register adrm_bridge_connector with thedrmdevice. The connector is associated with a chain of bridges that starts attheencoder. All bridges in the chain shall report bridge operation flags(drm_bridge->ops) and bridge output type (drm_bridge->type), and none ofthem may create a DRM connector directly.
Returns a pointer to the new connector on success, or a negative errorpointer otherwise.
Panel-Bridge Helper Reference¶
- structdrm_bridge *
drm_panel_bridge_add(structdrm_panel * panel)¶ Creates a
drm_bridgeanddrm_connectorthat just calls the appropriate functions fromdrm_panel.
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.
Description
For drivers converting from directly using drm_panel: The expectedusage pattern is that during either encoder module probe or DSIhost attach, a drm_panel will be looked up throughdrm_of_find_panel_or_bridge().drm_panel_bridge_add() is used towrap that panel in the new bridge, and the result can then bepassed todrm_bridge_attach(). Thedrm_panel_prepare() and relatedfunctions can be dropped from the encoder driver (they’re nowcalled by the KMS helpers before calling into the encoder), alongwith connector creation. When done with the bridge (afterdrm_mode_config_cleanup() if the bridge has already been attached), thendrm_panel_bridge_remove() to free it.
The connector type is set topanel->connector_type, which must be set to aknown type. Calling this function with a panel whose connector type isDRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_Unknown will return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL).
Seedevm_drm_panel_bridge_add() for an automatically managed version of thisfunction.
- structdrm_bridge *
drm_panel_bridge_add_typed(structdrm_panel * panel, u32 connector_type)¶ Creates a
drm_bridgeanddrm_connectorwith an explicit connector type.
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.
u32connector_type- The connector type (DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_*)
Description
This is just likedrm_panel_bridge_add(), but forces the connector type toconnector_type instead of infering it from the panel.
This function is deprecated and should not be used in new drivers. Usedrm_panel_bridge_add() instead, and fix panel drivers as necessary if theydon’t report a connector type.
- void
drm_panel_bridge_remove(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ Unregisters and frees a drm_bridge created by
drm_panel_bridge_add().
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- The drm_bridge being freed.
- structdrm_bridge *
devm_drm_panel_bridge_add(structdevice * dev, structdrm_panel * panel)¶ Creates a managed
drm_bridgeanddrm_connectorthat just calls the appropriate functions fromdrm_panel.
Parameters
structdevice*dev- device to tie the bridge lifetime to
structdrm_panel*panel- The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.
Description
This is the managed version ofdrm_panel_bridge_add() which automaticallycallsdrm_panel_bridge_remove() whendev is unbound.
- structdrm_bridge *
devm_drm_panel_bridge_add_typed(structdevice * dev, structdrm_panel * panel, u32 connector_type)¶ Creates a managed
drm_bridgeanddrm_connectorwith an explicit connector type.
Parameters
structdevice*dev- device to tie the bridge lifetime to
structdrm_panel*panel- The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.
u32connector_type- The connector type (DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_*)
Description
This is just likedevm_drm_panel_bridge_add(), but forces the connector typetoconnector_type instead of infering it from the panel.
This function is deprecated and should not be used in new drivers. Usedevm_drm_panel_bridge_add() instead, and fix panel drivers as necessary ifthey don’t report a connector type.
- structdrm_connector *
drm_panel_bridge_connector(structdrm_bridge * bridge)¶ return the connector for the panel bridge
Parameters
structdrm_bridge*bridge- The drm_bridge.
Description
drm_panel_bridge creates the connector.This function gives external access to the connector.
Return
Pointer to drm_connector
Panel Helper Reference¶
The DRM panel helpers allow drivers to register panel objects with acentral registry and provide functions to retrieve those panels in displaydrivers.
For easy integration into drivers using thedrm_bridge infrastructure pleasetake look atdrm_panel_bridge_add() anddevm_drm_panel_bridge_add().
- struct
drm_panel_funcs¶ perform operations on a given panel
Definition
struct drm_panel_funcs { int (*prepare)(struct drm_panel *panel); int (*enable)(struct drm_panel *panel); int (*disable)(struct drm_panel *panel); int (*unprepare)(struct drm_panel *panel); int (*get_modes)(struct drm_panel *panel, struct drm_connector *connector); int (*get_timings)(struct drm_panel *panel, unsigned int num_timings, struct display_timing *timings);};Members
prepareTurn on panel and perform set up.
This function is optional.
enableEnable panel (turn on back light, etc.).
This function is optional.
disableDisable panel (turn off back light, etc.).
This function is optional.
unprepareTurn off panel.
This function is optional.
get_modesAdd modes to the connector that the panel is attached toand returns the number of modes added.
This function is mandatory.
get_timingsCopy display timings into the provided array and returnthe number of display timings available.
This function is optional.
Description
The .prepare() function is typically called before the display controllerstarts to transmit video data. Panel drivers can use this to turn the panelon and wait for it to become ready. If additional configuration is required(via a control bus such as I2C, SPI or DSI for example) this is a good timeto do that.
After the display controller has started transmitting video data, it’s safeto call the .enable() function. This will typically enable the backlight tomake the image on screen visible. Some panels require a certain amount oftime or frames before the image is displayed. This function is responsiblefor taking this into account before enabling the backlight to avoid visualglitches.
Before stopping video transmission from the display controller it can benecessary to turn off the panel to avoid visual glitches. This is done inthe .disable() function. Analogously to .enable() this typically involvesturning off the backlight and waiting for some time to make sure no imageis visible on the panel. It is then safe for the display controller tocease transmission of video data.
To save power when no video data is transmitted, a driver can power downthe panel. This is the job of the .unprepare() function.
Backlight can be handled automatically if configured usingdrm_panel_of_backlight(). Then the driver does not need to implement thefunctionality to enable/disable backlight.
- struct
drm_panel¶ DRM panel object
Definition
struct drm_panel { struct device *dev; struct backlight_device *backlight; const struct drm_panel_funcs *funcs; int connector_type; struct list_head list;};Members
dev- Parent device of the panel.
backlight- Backlight device, used to turn on backlight after the callto enable(), and to turn off backlight before the call todisable().backlight is set by
drm_panel_of_backlight()and driversshall not assign it. funcs- Operations that can be performed on the panel.
connector_type- Type of the panel as a DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_* value. This is used toinitialise the drm_connector corresponding to the panel with thecorrect connector type.
list- Panel entry in registry.
- void
drm_panel_init(structdrm_panel * panel, structdevice * dev, const structdrm_panel_funcs * funcs, int connector_type)¶ initialize a panel
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- DRM panel
structdevice*dev- parent device of the panel
conststructdrm_panel_funcs*funcs- panel operations
intconnector_type- the connector type (DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_*) corresponding tothe panel interface
Description
Initialize the panel structure for subsequent registration withdrm_panel_add().
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- panel to add
Description
Add a panel to the global registry so that it can be looked up by displaydrivers.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- DRM panel
Description
Removes a panel from the global registry.
- int
drm_panel_attach(structdrm_panel * panel, structdrm_connector * connector)¶ attach a panel to a connector
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- DRM panel
structdrm_connector*connector- DRM connector
Description
After obtaining a pointer to a DRM panel a display driver calls thisfunction to attach a panel to a connector.
An error is returned if the panel is already attached to another connector.
When unloading, the driver should detach from the panel by callingdrm_panel_detach().
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- DRM panel
Description
Detaches a panel from the connector it is attached to. If a panel is notattached to any connector this is effectively a no-op.
This function should not be called by the panel device itself. Itis only for the drm device that calleddrm_panel_attach().
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- DRM panel
Description
Calling this function will enable power and deassert any reset signals tothe panel. After this has completed it is possible to communicate with anyintegrated circuitry via a command bus.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- DRM panel
Description
Calling this function will completely power off a panel (assert the panel’sreset, turn off power supplies, …). After this function has completed, itis usually no longer possible to communicate with the panel until anothercall todrm_panel_prepare().
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- DRM panel
Description
Calling this function will cause the panel display drivers to be turned onand the backlight to be enabled. Content will be visible on screen afterthis call completes.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- DRM panel
Description
This will typically turn off the panel’s backlight or disable the displaydrivers. For smart panels it should still be possible to communicate withthe integrated circuitry via any command bus after this call.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
drm_panel_get_modes(structdrm_panel * panel, structdrm_connector * connector)¶ probe the available display modes of a panel
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- DRM panel
structdrm_connector*connector- DRM connector
Description
The modes probed from the panel are automatically added to the connectorthat the panel is attached to.
Return
The number of modes available from the panel on success or anegative error code on failure.
- structdrm_panel *
of_drm_find_panel(const struct device_node * np)¶ look up a panel using a device tree node
Parameters
conststructdevice_node*np- device tree node of the panel
Description
Searches the set of registered panels for one that matches the given devicetree node. If a matching panel is found, return a pointer to it.
Possible error codes returned by this function:
- EPROBE_DEFER: the panel device has not been probed yet, and the callershould retry later
- ENODEV: the device is not available (status != “okay” or “ok”)
Return
A pointer to the panel registered for the specified device treenode or an ERR_PTR() if no panel matching the device tree node can be found.
Parameters
structdrm_panel*panel- DRM panel
Description
Use this function to enable backlight handling if your paneluses device tree and has a backlight phandle.
When the panel is enabled backlight will be enabled after asuccessful call todrm_panel_funcs.enable()
When the panel is disabled backlight will be disabled before thecall todrm_panel_funcs.disable().
A typical implementation for a panel driver supporting device treewill call this function at probe time. Backlight will then be handledtransparently without requiring any intervention from the driver.drm_panel_of_backlight() must be called after the call todrm_panel_init().
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
drm_get_panel_orientation_quirk(int width, int height)¶ Check for panel orientation quirks
Parameters
intwidth- width in pixels of the panel
intheight- height in pixels of the panel
Description
This function checks for platform specific (e.g. DMI based) quirksproviding info on panel_orientation for systems where this cannot beprobed from the hard-/firm-ware. To avoid false-positive this functiontakes the panel resolution as argument and checks that against theresolution expected by the quirk-table entry.
Note this function is also used outside of the drm-subsys, by for examplethe efifb code. Because of this this function gets compiled into its ownkernel-module when built as a module.
Return
A DRM_MODE_PANEL_ORIENTATION_* value if there is a quirk for this system,or DRM_MODE_PANEL_ORIENTATION_UNKNOWN if there is no quirk.
Panel Self Refresh Helper Reference¶
This helper library provides an easy way for drivers to leverage the atomicframework to implement panel self refresh (SR) support. Drivers areresponsible for initializing and cleaning up the SR helpers on load/unload(seedrm_self_refresh_helper_init/drm_self_refresh_helper_cleanup).The connector is responsible for settingdrm_connector_state.self_refresh_aware to true at runtime if it is SR-aware(meaning it knows how to initiate self refresh on the panel).
Once a crtc has enabled SR usingdrm_self_refresh_helper_init, thehelpers will monitor activity and call back into the driver to enable/disableSR as appropriate. The best way to think about this is that it’s a DPMSon/off request withdrm_crtc_state.self_refresh_active set in crtc statethat tells you to disable/enable SR on the panel instead of power-cycling it.
During SR, drivers may choose to fully disable their crtc/encoder/bridgehardware (in which case no driver changes are necessary), or they can inspectdrm_crtc_state.self_refresh_active if they want to enter low power modewithout full disable (in case full disable/enable is too slow).
SR will be deactivated if there are any atomic updates affecting thepipe that is in SR mode. If a crtc is driving multiple connectors, allconnectors must be SR aware and all will enter/exit SR mode at the same time.
If the crtc and connector are SR aware, but the panel connected does notsupport it (or is otherwise unable to enter SR), the driver should failatomic_check whendrm_crtc_state.self_refresh_active is true.
- void
drm_self_refresh_helper_update_avg_times(structdrm_atomic_state * state, unsigned int commit_time_ms, unsigned int new_self_refresh_mask)¶ Updates a crtc’s SR time averages
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*state- the state which has just been applied to hardware
unsignedintcommit_time_ms- the amount of time in ms that this commit took to complete
unsignedintnew_self_refresh_mask- bitmask of crtc’s that have self_refresh_active innew state
Description
Called afterdrm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_commit_tail, this function willupdate the average entry/exit self refresh times on self refresh transitions.These averages will be used when calculating how long to delay beforeentering self refresh mode after activity.
- void
drm_self_refresh_helper_alter_state(structdrm_atomic_state * state)¶ Alters the atomic state for SR exit
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*state- the state currently being checked
Description
Called at the end of atomic check. This function checks the state for flagsincompatible with self refresh exit and changes them. This is a bitdisingenuous since userspace is expecting one thing and we’re giving itanother. However in order to keep self refresh entirely hidden fromuserspace, this is required.
At the end, we queue up the self refresh entry work so we can enter PSR afterthe desired delay.
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- the crtc which supports self refresh supported displays
Description
Returns zero if successful or -errno on failure
- void
drm_self_refresh_helper_cleanup(structdrm_crtc * crtc)¶ Cleans up self refresh helpers for a crtc
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- the crtc to cleanup
HDCP Helper Functions Reference¶
- int
drm_hdcp_check_ksvs_revoked(structdrm_device * drm_dev, u8 * ksvs, u32 ksv_count)¶ Check the revoked status of the IDs
Parameters
structdrm_device*drm_dev- drm_device for which HDCP revocation check is requested
u8*ksvs- List of KSVs (HDCP receiver IDs)
u32ksv_count- KSV count passed in throughksvs
Description
This function reads the HDCP System renewability Message(SRM Table)from userspace as a firmware and parses it for the revoked HDCPKSVs(Receiver IDs) detected by DCP LLC. Once the revoked KSVs are known,revoked state of the KSVs in the list passed in by display drivers aredecided and response is sent.
SRM should be presented in the name of “display_hdcp_srm.bin”.
Format of the SRM table, that userspace needs to write into the binary file,is defined at:1. Renewability chapter on 55th page of HDCP 1.4 specificationhttps://www.digital-cp.com/sites/default/files/specifications/HDCP``20Specification````20Rev1_4_Secure``.pdf2. Renewability chapter on 63rd page of HDCP 2.2 specificationhttps://www.digital-cp.com/sites/default/files/specifications/HDCP``20on````20HDMI````20Specification````20Rev2_2_Final1``.pdf
Return
Count of the revoked KSVs or -ve error number incase of the failure.
- int
drm_connector_attach_content_protection_property(structdrm_connector * connector, bool hdcp_content_type)¶ attach content protection property
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- connector to attach CP property on.
boolhdcp_content_type- is HDCP Content Type property needed for connector
Description
This is used to add support for content protection on select connectors.Content Protection is intentionally vague to allow for different underlyingtechnologies, however it is most implemented by HDCP.
When hdcp_content_type is true enum property called HDCP Content Type iscreated (if it is not already) and attached to the connector.
This property is used for sending the protected content’s stream typefrom userspace to kernel on selected connectors. Protected content providerwill decide their type of their content and declare the same to kernel.
Content type will be used during the HDCP 2.2 authentication.Content type will be set todrm_connector_state.hdcp_content_type.
The content protection will be set todrm_connector_state.content_protection
When kernel triggered content protection state change like DESIRED->ENABLEDand ENABLED->DESIRED, will usedrm_hdcp_update_content_protection() to updatethe content protection state of a connector.
Return
Zero on success, negative errno on failure.
- void
drm_hdcp_update_content_protection(structdrm_connector * connector, u64 val)¶ Updates the content protection state of a connector
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- drm_connector on which content protection state needs an update
u64val- New state of the content protection property
Description
This function can be used by display drivers, to update the kernel triggeredcontent protection state changes of a drm_connector such as DESIRED->ENABLEDand ENABLED->DESIRED. No uevent for DESIRED->UNDESIRED or ENABLED->UNDESIRED,as userspace is triggering such state change and kernel performs it withoutfail.This function update the new state of the property into the connector’sstate and generate an uevent to notify the userspace.
Display Port Helper Functions Reference¶
These functions contain some common logic and helpers at various abstractionlevels to deal with Display Port sink devices and related things like DP auxchannel transfers, EDID reading over DP aux channels, decoding certain DPCDblocks, …
The DisplayPort AUX channel is an abstraction to allow generic, driver-independent access to AUX functionality. Drivers can take advantage ofthis by filling in the fields of the drm_dp_aux structure.
Transactions are described using a hardware-independent drm_dp_aux_msgstructure, which is passed into a driver’s .transfer() implementation.Both native and I2C-over-AUX transactions are supported.
- struct
dp_sdp_header¶ DP secondary data packet header
Definition
struct dp_sdp_header { u8 HB0; u8 HB1; u8 HB2; u8 HB3;};Members
HB0- Secondary Data Packet ID
HB1- Secondary Data Packet Type
HB2- Secondary Data Packet Specific header, Byte 0
HB3- Secondary Data packet Specific header, Byte 1
- struct
dp_sdp¶ DP secondary data packet
Definition
struct dp_sdp { struct dp_sdp_header sdp_header; u8 db[32];};Members
sdp_header- DP secondary data packet header
db- DP secondaray data packet data blocksVSC SDP Payload for PSRdb[0]: Stereo Interfacedb[1]: 0 - PSR State; 1 - Update RFB; 2 - CRC Validdb[2]: CRC value bits 7:0 of the R or Cr componentdb[3]: CRC value bits 15:8 of the R or Cr componentdb[4]: CRC value bits 7:0 of the G or Y componentdb[5]: CRC value bits 15:8 of the G or Y componentdb[6]: CRC value bits 7:0 of the B or Cb componentdb[7]: CRC value bits 15:8 of the B or Cb componentdb[8] - db[31]: ReservedVSC SDP Payload for Pixel Encoding/Colorimetry Formatdb[0] - db[15]: Reserveddb[16]: Pixel Encoding and Colorimetry Formatsdb[17]: Dynamic Range and Component Bit Depthdb[18]: Content Typedb[19] - db[31]: Reserved
- enum
dp_pixelformat¶ drm DP Pixel encoding formats
Constants
DP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB- RGB pixel encoding format
DP_PIXELFORMAT_YUV444- YCbCr 4:4:4 pixel encoding format
DP_PIXELFORMAT_YUV422- YCbCr 4:2:2 pixel encoding format
DP_PIXELFORMAT_YUV420- YCbCr 4:2:0 pixel encoding format
DP_PIXELFORMAT_Y_ONLY- Y Only pixel encoding format
DP_PIXELFORMAT_RAW- RAW pixel encoding format
DP_PIXELFORMAT_RESERVED- Reserved pixel encoding format
Description
This enum is used to indicate DP VSC SDP Pixel encoding formats.It is based on DP 1.4 spec [Table 2-117: VSC SDP Payload for DB16 throughDB18]
- enum
dp_colorimetry¶ drm DP Colorimetry formats
Constants
DP_COLORIMETRY_DEFAULT- sRGB (IEC 61966-2-1) orITU-R BT.601 colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_RGB_WIDE_FIXED- RGB wide gamut fixed point colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_BT709_YCC- ITU-R BT.709 colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_RGB_WIDE_FLOAT- RGB wide gamut floating point(scRGB (IEC 61966-2-2)) colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_XVYCC_601- xvYCC601 colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_OPRGB- OpRGB colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_XVYCC_709- xvYCC709 colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_DCI_P3_RGB- DCI-P3 (SMPTE RP 431-2) colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_SYCC_601- sYCC601 colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_RGB_CUSTOM- RGB Custom Color Profile colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_OPYCC_601- opYCC601 colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_BT2020_RGB- ITU-R BT.2020 R’ G’ B’ colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_BT2020_CYCC- ITU-R BT.2020 Y’c C’bc C’rc colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_BT2020_YCC- ITU-R BT.2020 Y’ C’b C’r colorimetry format
Description
This enum is used to indicate DP VSC SDP Colorimetry formats.It is based on DP 1.4 spec [Table 2-117: VSC SDP Payload for DB16 throughDB18] and a name of enum member follows DRM_MODE_COLORIMETRY definition.
- enum
dp_dynamic_range¶ drm DP Dynamic Range
Constants
DP_DYNAMIC_RANGE_VESA- VESA range
DP_DYNAMIC_RANGE_CTA- CTA range
Description
This enum is used to indicate DP VSC SDP Dynamic Range.It is based on DP 1.4 spec [Table 2-117: VSC SDP Payload for DB16 throughDB18]
- enum
dp_content_type¶ drm DP Content Type
Constants
DP_CONTENT_TYPE_NOT_DEFINED- Not defined type
DP_CONTENT_TYPE_GRAPHICS- Graphics type
DP_CONTENT_TYPE_PHOTO- Photo type
DP_CONTENT_TYPE_VIDEO- Video type
DP_CONTENT_TYPE_GAME- Game type
Description
This enum is used to indicate DP VSC SDP Content Types.It is based on DP 1.4 spec [Table 2-117: VSC SDP Payload for DB16 throughDB18]CTA-861-G defines content types and expected processing by a sink device
- struct
drm_dp_vsc_sdp¶ drm DP VSC SDP
Definition
struct drm_dp_vsc_sdp { unsigned char sdp_type; unsigned char revision; unsigned char length; enum dp_pixelformat pixelformat; enum dp_colorimetry colorimetry; int bpc; enum dp_dynamic_range dynamic_range; enum dp_content_type content_type;};Members
sdp_type- secondary-data packet type
revision- revision number
length- number of valid data bytes
pixelformat- pixel encoding format
colorimetry- colorimetry format
bpc- bit per color
dynamic_range- dynamic range information
content_type- CTA-861-G defines content types and expected processing by a sink device
Description
This structure represents a DP VSC SDP of drmIt is based on DP 1.4 spec [Table 2-116: VSC SDP Header Bytes] and[Table 2-117: VSC SDP Payload for DB16 through DB18]
- struct
drm_dp_aux_msg¶ DisplayPort AUX channel transaction
Definition
struct drm_dp_aux_msg { unsigned int address; u8 request; u8 reply; void *buffer; size_t size;};Members
address- address of the (first) register to access
request- contains the type of transaction (see DP_AUX_* macros)
reply- upon completion, contains the reply type of the transaction
buffer- pointer to a transmission or reception buffer
size- size ofbuffer
- struct
drm_dp_aux_cec¶ DisplayPort CEC-Tunneling-over-AUX
Definition
struct drm_dp_aux_cec { struct mutex lock; struct cec_adapter *adap; struct drm_connector *connector; struct delayed_work unregister_work;};Members
lock- mutex protecting this struct
adap- the CEC adapter for CEC-Tunneling-over-AUX support.
connector- the connector this CEC adapter is associated with
unregister_work- unregister the CEC adapter
- struct
drm_dp_aux¶ DisplayPort AUX channel
Definition
struct drm_dp_aux { const char *name; struct i2c_adapter ddc; struct device *dev; struct drm_crtc *crtc; struct mutex hw_mutex; struct work_struct crc_work; u8 crc_count; ssize_t (*transfer)(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, struct drm_dp_aux_msg *msg); unsigned i2c_nack_count; unsigned i2c_defer_count; struct drm_dp_aux_cec cec; bool is_remote;};Members
name- user-visible name of this AUX channel and the I2C-over-AUX adapter
ddc- I2C adapter that can be used for I2C-over-AUX communication
dev- pointer to struct device that is the parent for this AUX channel
crtc- backpointer to the crtc that is currently using this AUX channel
hw_mutex- internal mutex used for locking transfers
crc_work- worker that captures CRCs for each frame
crc_count- counter of captured frame CRCs
transfer- transfers a message representing a single AUX transaction
i2c_nack_count- Counts I2C NACKs, used for DP validation.
i2c_defer_count- Counts I2C DEFERs, used for DP validation.
cec- struct containing fields used for CEC-Tunneling-over-AUX.
is_remote- Is this AUX CH actually using sideband messaging.
Description
The .dev field should be set to a pointer to the device that implementsthe AUX channel.
The .name field may be used to specify the name of the I2C adapter. If set toNULL, dev_name() of .dev will be used.
Drivers provide a hardware-specific implementation of how transactionsare executed via the .transfer() function. A pointer to a drm_dp_aux_msgstructure describing the transaction is passed into this function. Uponsuccess, the implementation should return the number of payload bytesthat were transferred, or a negative error-code on failure. Helperspropagate errors from the .transfer() function, with the exception ofthe -EBUSY error, which causes a transaction to be retried. On a short,helpers will return -EPROTO to make it simpler to check for failure.
An AUX channel can also be used to transport I2C messages to a sink. Atypical application of that is to access an EDID that’s present in thesink device. The .transfer() function can also be used to execute suchtransactions. Thedrm_dp_aux_register() function registers an I2Cadapter that can be passed todrm_probe_ddc(). Upon removal, driversshould calldrm_dp_aux_unregister() to remove the I2C adapter.The I2C adapter uses long transfers by default; if a partial response isreceived, the adapter will drop down to the size given by the partialresponse for this transaction only.
Note that the aux helper code assumes that the .transfer() functiononly modifies the reply field of the drm_dp_aux_msg structure. Theretry logic and i2c helpers assume this is the case.
- ssize_t
drm_dp_dpcd_readb(structdrm_dp_aux * aux, unsigned int offset, u8 * valuep)¶ read a single byte from the DPCD
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
unsignedintoffset- address of the register to read
u8*valuep- location where the value of the register will be stored
Description
Returns the number of bytes transferred (1) on success, or a negativeerror code on failure.
- ssize_t
drm_dp_dpcd_writeb(structdrm_dp_aux * aux, unsigned int offset, u8 value)¶ write a single byte to the DPCD
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
unsignedintoffset- address of the register to write
u8value- value to write to the register
Description
Returns the number of bytes transferred (1) on success, or a negativeerror code on failure.
- struct
drm_dp_desc¶ DP branch/sink device descriptor
Definition
struct drm_dp_desc { struct drm_dp_dpcd_ident ident; u32 quirks;};Members
ident- DP device identification from DPCD 0x400 (sink) or 0x500 (branch).
quirks- Quirks; use
drm_dp_has_quirk()to query for the quirks.
- enum
drm_dp_quirk¶ Display Port sink/branch device specific quirks
Constants
DP_DPCD_QUIRK_CONSTANT_N- The device requires main link attributes Mvid and Nvid to be limitedto 16 bits. So will give a constant value (0x8000) for compatability.
DP_DPCD_QUIRK_NO_PSR- The device does not support PSR even if reports that it supports ordriver still need to implement proper handling for such device.
DP_DPCD_QUIRK_NO_SINK_COUNT- The device does not set SINK_COUNT to a non-zero value.The driver should ignore SINK_COUNT during detection.
DP_DPCD_QUIRK_DSC_WITHOUT_VIRTUAL_DPCD- The device supports MST DSC despite not supporting Virtual DPCD.The DSC caps can be read from the physical aux instead.
DP_QUIRK_FORCE_DPCD_BACKLIGHT- The device is telling the truth when it says that it uses DPCDbacklight controls, even if the system’s firmware disagrees. Thisquirk should be checked against both the ident and panel EDID.When present, the driver should honor the DPCD backlightcapabilities advertised.
DP_DPCD_QUIRK_CAN_DO_MAX_LINK_RATE_3_24_GBPS- The device supports a link rate of 3.24 Gbps (multiplier 0xc) despitethe DP_MAX_LINK_RATE register reporting a lower max multiplier.
Description
Display Port sink and branch devices in the wild have a variety of bugs, tryto collect them here. The quirks are shared, but it’s up to the drivers toimplement workarounds for them. Note that because some devices haveunreliable OUIDs, the EDID of sinks should also be checked for quirks usingdrm_dp_get_edid_quirks().
- bool
drm_dp_has_quirk(const structdrm_dp_desc * desc, u32 edid_quirks, enumdrm_dp_quirk quirk)¶ does the DP device have a specific quirk
Parameters
conststructdrm_dp_desc*desc- Device descriptor filled by
drm_dp_read_desc() u32edid_quirks- Optional quirk bitmask filled by
drm_dp_get_edid_quirks() enumdrm_dp_quirkquirk- Quirk to query for
Description
Return true if DP device identified bydesc hasquirk.
- struct
drm_dp_phy_test_params¶ DP Phy Compliance parameters
Definition
struct drm_dp_phy_test_params { int link_rate; u8 num_lanes; u8 phy_pattern; u8 hbr2_reset[2]; u8 custom80[10]; bool enhanced_frame_cap;};Members
link_rate- Requested Link rate from DPCD 0x219
num_lanes- Number of lanes requested by sing through DPCD 0x220
phy_pattern- DP Phy test pattern from DPCD 0x248
custom80- DP Test_80BIT_CUSTOM_PATTERN from DPCDs 0x250 through 0x259
enhanced_frame_cap- flag for enhanced frame capability.
- ssize_t
drm_dp_dpcd_read(structdrm_dp_aux * aux, unsigned int offset, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ read a series of bytes from the DPCD
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel (SST or MST)
unsignedintoffset- address of the (first) register to read
void*buffer- buffer to store the register values
size_tsize- number of bytes inbuffer
Description
Returns the number of bytes transferred on success, or a negative errorcode on failure. -EIO is returned if the request was NAKed by the sink orif the retry count was exceeded. If not all bytes were transferred, thisfunction returns -EPROTO. Errors from the underlying AUX channel transferfunction, with the exception of -EBUSY (which causes the transaction tobe retried), are propagated to the caller.
- ssize_t
drm_dp_dpcd_write(structdrm_dp_aux * aux, unsigned int offset, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ write a series of bytes to the DPCD
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel (SST or MST)
unsignedintoffset- address of the (first) register to write
void*buffer- buffer containing the values to write
size_tsize- number of bytes inbuffer
Description
Returns the number of bytes transferred on success, or a negative errorcode on failure. -EIO is returned if the request was NAKed by the sink orif the retry count was exceeded. If not all bytes were transferred, thisfunction returns -EPROTO. Errors from the underlying AUX channel transferfunction, with the exception of -EBUSY (which causes the transaction tobe retried), are propagated to the caller.
- int
drm_dp_dpcd_read_link_status(structdrm_dp_aux * aux, u8 status)¶ read DPCD link status (bytes 0x202-0x207)
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
u8status- buffer to store the link status in (must be at least 6 bytes)
Description
Returns the number of bytes transferred on success or a negative errorcode on failure.
- bool
drm_dp_send_real_edid_checksum(structdrm_dp_aux * aux, u8 real_edid_checksum)¶ send back real edid checksum value
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
u8real_edid_checksum- real edid checksum for the last block
Return
True on success
- int
drm_dp_downstream_max_clock(const u8 dpcd, const u8 port_cap)¶ extract branch device max pixel rate for legacy VGA converter or max TMDS clock rate for others
Parameters
constu8dpcd- DisplayPort configuration data
constu8port_cap- port capabilities
Description
Returns max clock in kHz on success or 0 if max clock not defined
- int
drm_dp_downstream_max_bpc(const u8 dpcd, const u8 port_cap)¶ extract branch device max bits per component
Parameters
constu8dpcd- DisplayPort configuration data
constu8port_cap- port capabilities
Description
Returns max bpc on success or 0 if max bpc not defined
- int
drm_dp_downstream_id(structdrm_dp_aux * aux, char id)¶ identify branch device
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
charid- DisplayPort branch device id
Description
Returns branch device id on success or NULL on failure
- void
drm_dp_downstream_debug(struct seq_file * m, const u8 dpcd, const u8 port_cap, structdrm_dp_aux * aux)¶ debug DP branch devices
Parameters
structseq_file*m- pointer for debugfs file
constu8dpcd- DisplayPort configuration data
constu8port_cap- port capabilities
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
- void
drm_dp_remote_aux_init(structdrm_dp_aux * aux)¶ minimally initialise a remote aux channel
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
Description
Used for remote aux channel in general. Merely initialize the crc workstruct.
- void
drm_dp_aux_init(structdrm_dp_aux * aux)¶ minimally initialise an aux channel
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
Description
If you need to use the drm_dp_aux’s i2c adapter prior to registering itwith the outside world, calldrm_dp_aux_init() first. You must stillcalldrm_dp_aux_register() once the connector has been registered toallow userspace access to the auxiliary DP channel.
- int
drm_dp_aux_register(structdrm_dp_aux * aux)¶ initialise and register aux channel
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
Description
Automatically callsdrm_dp_aux_init() if this hasn’t been done yet.This should only be called when the underlyingstructdrm_connector isinitialiazed already. Therefore the best place to call this is fromdrm_connector_funcs.late_register. Not that drivers which don’t follow thiswill Oops when CONFIG_DRM_DP_AUX_CHARDEV is enabled.
Drivers which need to use the aux channel before that point (e.g. at driverload time, beforedrm_dev_register() has been called) need to calldrm_dp_aux_init().
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- void
drm_dp_aux_unregister(structdrm_dp_aux * aux)¶ unregister an AUX adapter
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
- int
drm_dp_psr_setup_time(const u8 psr_cap)¶ PSR setup in time usec
Parameters
constu8psr_cap- PSR capabilities from DPCD
Return
PSR setup time for the panel in microseconds, negativeerror code on failure.
- int
drm_dp_start_crc(structdrm_dp_aux * aux, structdrm_crtc * crtc)¶ start capture of frame CRCs
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
structdrm_crtc*crtc- CRTC displaying the frames whose CRCs are to be captured
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
drm_dp_stop_crc(structdrm_dp_aux * aux)¶ stop capture of frame CRCs
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- u32
drm_dp_get_edid_quirks(const struct edid * edid)¶ Check the EDID of a DP device to find additional DP-specific quirks
Parameters
conststructedid*edid- The EDID to check
Description
While OUIDs are meant to be used to recognize a DisplayPort device, a lotof manufacturers don’t seem to like following standards and neglect to fillthe dev-ID in, making it impossible to only use OUIDs for determiningquirks in some cases. This function can be used to check the EDID and lookup any additional DP quirks. The bits returned by this function correspondto the quirk bits indrm_dp_quirk.
Return
a bitmask of quirks, if any. The driver can check this usingdrm_dp_has_quirk().
- int
drm_dp_read_desc(structdrm_dp_aux * aux, structdrm_dp_desc * desc, bool is_branch)¶ read sink/branch descriptor from DPCD
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
structdrm_dp_desc*desc- Device descriptor to fill from DPCD
boolis_branch- true for branch devices, false for sink devices
Description
Read DPCD 0x400 (sink) or 0x500 (branch) intodesc. Also debug log theidentification.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- u8
drm_dp_dsc_sink_max_slice_count(const u8 dsc_dpcd, bool is_edp)¶ Get the max slice count supported by the DSC sink.
Parameters
constu8dsc_dpcd- DSC capabilities from DPCD
boolis_edp- true if its eDP, false for DP
Description
Read the slice capabilities DPCD register from DSC sink to getthe maximum slice count supported. This is used to populatethe DSC parameters in thestructdrm_dsc_config by the driver.Driver creates an infoframe using these parameters to populatestructdrm_dsc_pps_infoframe. These are sent to the sink using DSCinfoframe using the helper function drm_dsc_pps_infoframe_pack()
Return
Maximum slice count supported by DSC sink or 0 its invalid
- u8
drm_dp_dsc_sink_line_buf_depth(const u8 dsc_dpcd)¶ Get the line buffer depth in bits
Parameters
constu8dsc_dpcd- DSC capabilities from DPCD
Description
Read the DSC DPCD register to parse the line buffer depth in bits which isnumber of bits of precision within the decoder line buffer supported bythe DSC sink. This is used to populate the DSC parameters in thestructdrm_dsc_config by the driver.Driver creates an infoframe using these parameters to populatestructdrm_dsc_pps_infoframe. These are sent to the sink using DSCinfoframe using the helper function drm_dsc_pps_infoframe_pack()
Return
Line buffer depth supported by DSC panel or 0 its invalid
- int
drm_dp_dsc_sink_supported_input_bpcs(const u8 dsc_dpcd, u8 dsc_bpc)¶ Get all the input bits per component values supported by the DSC sink.
Parameters
constu8dsc_dpcd- DSC capabilities from DPCD
u8dsc_bpc- An array to be filled by this helper with supportedinput bpcs.
Description
Read the DSC DPCD from the sink device to parse the supported bits percomponent values. This is used to populate the DSC parametersin thestructdrm_dsc_config by the driver.Driver creates an infoframe using these parameters to populatestructdrm_dsc_pps_infoframe. These are sent to the sink using DSCinfoframe using the helper function drm_dsc_pps_infoframe_pack()
Return
Number of input BPC values parsed from the DPCD
- int
drm_dp_get_phy_test_pattern(structdrm_dp_aux * aux, structdrm_dp_phy_test_params * data)¶ get the requested pattern from the sink.
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
structdrm_dp_phy_test_params*data- DP phy compliance test parameters.
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
drm_dp_set_phy_test_pattern(structdrm_dp_aux * aux, structdrm_dp_phy_test_params * data, u8 dp_rev)¶ set the pattern to the sink.
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
structdrm_dp_phy_test_params*data- DP phy compliance test parameters.
u8dp_rev- DP revision to use for compliance testing
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Display Port CEC Helper Functions Reference¶
These functions take care of supporting the CEC-Tunneling-over-AUXfeature of DisplayPort-to-HDMI adapters.
- void
drm_dp_cec_irq(structdrm_dp_aux * aux)¶ handle CEC interrupt, if any
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
Description
Should be called when handling an IRQ_HPD request. If CEC-tunneling-over-AUXis present, then it will check for a CEC_IRQ and handle it accordingly.
- void
drm_dp_cec_register_connector(structdrm_dp_aux * aux, structdrm_connector * connector)¶ register a new connector
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
structdrm_connector*connector- drm connector
Description
A new connector was registered with associated CEC adapter name andCEC adapter parent device. After registering the name and parentdrm_dp_cec_set_edid() is called to check if the connector supportsCEC and to register a CEC adapter if that is the case.
- void
drm_dp_cec_unregister_connector(structdrm_dp_aux * aux)¶ unregister the CEC adapter, if any
Parameters
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DisplayPort AUX channel
Display Port Dual Mode Adaptor Helper Functions Reference¶
Helper functions to deal with DP dual mode (aka. DP++) adaptors.
Type 1:Adaptor registers (if any) and the sink DDC bus may be accessed via I2C.
Type 2:Adaptor registers and sink DDC bus can be accessed either via I2C orI2C-over-AUX. Source devices may choose to implement either of theseaccess methods.
- enum
drm_lspcon_mode¶
Constants
DRM_LSPCON_MODE_INVALID- No LSPCON.
DRM_LSPCON_MODE_LS- Level shifter mode of LSPCONwhich drives DP++ to HDMI 1.4 conversion.
DRM_LSPCON_MODE_PCON- Protocol converter mode of LSPCONwhich drives DP++ to HDMI 2.0 active conversion.
- enum
drm_dp_dual_mode_type¶ Type of the DP dual mode adaptor
Constants
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_NONE- No DP dual mode adaptor
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_UNKNOWN- Could be either none or type 1 DVI adaptor
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_TYPE1_DVI- Type 1 DVI adaptor
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_TYPE1_HDMI- Type 1 HDMI adaptor
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_TYPE2_DVI- Type 2 DVI adaptor
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_TYPE2_HDMI- Type 2 HDMI adaptor
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_LSPCON- Level shifter / protocol converter
- ssize_t
drm_dp_dual_mode_read(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, u8 offset, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ Read from the DP dual mode adaptor register(s)
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter for the DDC bus
u8offset- register offset
void*buffer- buffer for return data
size_tsize- sizo of the buffer
Description
Readssize bytes from the DP dual mode adaptor registersstarting atoffset.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure
- ssize_t
drm_dp_dual_mode_write(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, u8 offset, const void * buffer, size_t size)¶ Write to the DP dual mode adaptor register(s)
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter for the DDC bus
u8offset- register offset
constvoid*buffer- buffer for write data
size_tsize- sizo of the buffer
Description
Writessize bytes to the DP dual mode adaptor registersstarting atoffset.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure
- enumdrm_dp_dual_mode_type
drm_dp_dual_mode_detect(struct i2c_adapter * adapter)¶ Identify the DP dual mode adaptor
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter for the DDC bus
Description
Attempt to identify the type of the DP dual mode adaptor used.
Note that when the answer isDRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_UNKNOWN it’s notcertain whether we’re dealing with a native HDMI port ora type 1 DVI dual mode adaptor. The driver will have to usesome other hardware/driver specific mechanism to make thatdistinction.
Return
The type of the DP dual mode adaptor used
- int
drm_dp_dual_mode_max_tmds_clock(enumdrm_dp_dual_mode_type type, struct i2c_adapter * adapter)¶ Max TMDS clock for DP dual mode adaptor
Parameters
enumdrm_dp_dual_mode_typetype- DP dual mode adaptor type
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter for the DDC bus
Description
Determine the max TMDS clock the adaptor supports based on thetype of the dual mode adaptor and the DP_DUAL_MODE_MAX_TMDS_CLOCKregister (on type2 adaptors). As some type 1 adaptors haveproblems with registers (see comments indrm_dp_dual_mode_detect())we don’t read the register on those, instead we simply assumea 165 MHz limit based on the specification.
Return
Maximum supported TMDS clock rate for the DP dual mode adaptor in kHz.
- int
drm_dp_dual_mode_get_tmds_output(enumdrm_dp_dual_mode_type type, struct i2c_adapter * adapter, bool * enabled)¶ Get the state of the TMDS output buffers in the DP dual mode adaptor
Parameters
enumdrm_dp_dual_mode_typetype- DP dual mode adaptor type
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter for the DDC bus
bool*enabled- current state of the TMDS output buffers
Description
Get the state of the TMDS output buffers in the adaptor. Fortype2 adaptors this is queried from the DP_DUAL_MODE_TMDS_OENregister. As some type 1 adaptors have problems with registers(see comments indrm_dp_dual_mode_detect()) we don’t read theregister on those, instead we simply assume that the buffersare always enabled.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure
- int
drm_dp_dual_mode_set_tmds_output(enumdrm_dp_dual_mode_type type, struct i2c_adapter * adapter, bool enable)¶ Enable/disable TMDS output buffers in the DP dual mode adaptor
Parameters
enumdrm_dp_dual_mode_typetype- DP dual mode adaptor type
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter for the DDC bus
boolenable- enable (as opposed to disable) the TMDS output buffers
Description
Set the state of the TMDS output buffers in the adaptor. Fortype2 this is set via the DP_DUAL_MODE_TMDS_OEN register. Assome type 1 adaptors have problems with registers (see commentsindrm_dp_dual_mode_detect()) we avoid touching the register,making this function a no-op on type 1 adaptors.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure
- const char *
drm_dp_get_dual_mode_type_name(enumdrm_dp_dual_mode_type type)¶ Get the name of the DP dual mode adaptor type as a string
Parameters
enumdrm_dp_dual_mode_typetype- DP dual mode adaptor type
Return
String representation of the DP dual mode adaptor type
- int
drm_lspcon_get_mode(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, enumdrm_lspcon_mode * mode)¶
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C-over-aux adapter
enumdrm_lspcon_mode*mode- current lspcon mode of operation output variable
Description
reading offset (0x80, 0x41)
Return
0 on success, sets the current_mode value to appropriate mode-error on failure
- int
drm_lspcon_set_mode(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, enumdrm_lspcon_mode mode)¶
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C-over-aux adapter
enumdrm_lspcon_modemode- required mode of operation
Description
writing offset (0x80, 0x40)
Return
0 on success, -error on failure/timeout
Display Port MST Helpers¶
Overview¶
These functions contain parts of the DisplayPort 1.2a MultiStream Transportprotocol. The helpers contain a topology manager and bandwidth manager.The helpers encapsulate the sending and received of sideband msgs.
Topology refcount overview¶
The refcounting schemes forstructdrm_dp_mst_branch andstructdrm_dp_mst_port are somewhat unusual. Both ports and branch devices havetwo different kinds of refcounts: topology refcounts, and malloc refcounts.
Topology refcounts are not exposed to drivers, and are handled internallyby the DP MST helpers. The helpers use them in order to prevent thein-memory topology state from being changed in the middle of criticaloperations like changing the internal state of payload allocations. Thismeans each branch and port will be considered to be connected to the restof the topology until its topology refcount reaches zero. Additionally,for ports this means that their associatedstructdrm_connector will stayregistered with userspace until the port’s refcount reaches 0.
Malloc refcount overview¶
Malloc references are used to keep astructdrm_dp_mst_port orstructdrm_dp_mst_branch allocated even after all of its topology references havebeen dropped, so that the driver or MST helpers can safely access eachbranch’s last known state before it was disconnected from the topology.When the malloc refcount of a port or branch reaches 0, the memoryallocation containing thestructdrm_dp_mst_branch orstructdrm_dp_mst_port respectively will be freed.
Forstructdrm_dp_mst_branch, malloc refcounts are not currently exposedto drivers. As of writing this documentation, there are no drivers thathave a usecase for accessingstructdrm_dp_mst_branch outside of the MSThelpers. Exposing this API to drivers in a race-free manner would take moretweaking of the refcounting scheme, however patches are welcome providedthere is a legitimate driver usecase for this.
Refcount relationships in a topology¶
Let’s take a look at why the relationship between topology and mallocrefcounts is designed the way it is.
An example of topology and malloc refs in a DP MST topology with twoactive payloads. Topology refcount increments are indicated by solidlines, and malloc refcount increments are indicated by dashed lines.Each starts from the branch which incremented the refcount, and ends atthe branch to which the refcount belongs to, i.e. the arrow points thesame way as the C pointers used to reference a structure.
As you can see in the above figure, every branch increments the topologyrefcount of its children, and increments the malloc refcount of itsparent. Additionally, every payload increments the malloc refcount of itsassigned port by 1.
So, what would happen if MSTB #3 from the above figure was unplugged fromthe system, but the driver hadn’t yet removed payload #2 from port #3? Thetopology would start to look like the figure below.
Ports and branch devices which have been released from memory arecolored grey, and references which have been removed are colored red.
Whenever a port or branch device’s topology refcount reaches zero, it willdecrement the topology refcounts of all its children, the malloc refcountof its parent, and finally its own malloc refcount. For MSTB #4 and port#4, this means they both have been disconnected from the topology and freedfrom memory. But, because payload #2 is still holding a reference to port#3, port #3 is removed from the topology but itsstructdrm_dp_mst_portis still accessible from memory. This also means port #3 has not yetdecremented the malloc refcount of MSTB #3, so itsstructdrm_dp_mst_branch will also stay allocated in memory until port #3’smalloc refcount reaches 0.
This relationship is necessary because in order to release payload #2, weneed to be able to figure out the last relative of port #3 that’s stillconnected to the topology. In this case, we would travel up the topology asshown below.
And finally, remove payload #2 by communicating with port #2 throughsideband transactions.
Functions Reference¶
- struct
drm_dp_vcpi¶ Virtual Channel Payload Identifier
Definition
struct drm_dp_vcpi { int vcpi; int pbn; int aligned_pbn; int num_slots;};Members
vcpi- Virtual channel ID.
pbn- Payload Bandwidth Number for this channel
aligned_pbn- PBN aligned with slot size
num_slots- number of slots for this PBN
- struct
drm_dp_mst_port¶ MST port
Definition
struct drm_dp_mst_port { struct kref topology_kref; struct kref malloc_kref;#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS); struct drm_dp_mst_topology_ref_history topology_ref_history;#endif; u8 port_num; bool input; bool mcs; bool ddps; u8 pdt; bool ldps; u8 dpcd_rev; u8 num_sdp_streams; u8 num_sdp_stream_sinks; uint16_t full_pbn; struct list_head next; struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb; struct drm_dp_aux aux; struct drm_dp_mst_branch *parent; struct drm_dp_vcpi vcpi; struct drm_connector *connector; struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr; struct edid *cached_edid; bool has_audio; bool fec_capable;};Members
topology_kref- refcount for this port’s lifetime in the topology,only the DP MST helpers should need to touch this
malloc_kref- refcount for the memory allocation containing thisstructure. See
drm_dp_mst_get_port_malloc()anddrm_dp_mst_put_port_malloc(). topology_ref_history- A history of each topologyreference/dereference. See CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS.
port_num- port number
input- if this port is an input port. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock. mcs- message capability status - DP 1.2 spec. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock. ddps- DisplayPort Device Plug Status - DP 1.2. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock. pdt- Peer Device Type. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock. ldps- Legacy Device Plug Status. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock. dpcd_rev- DPCD revision of device on this port. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock. num_sdp_streams- Number of simultaneous streams. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock. num_sdp_stream_sinks- Number of stream sinks. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock. full_pbn- Max possible bandwidth for this port. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock. next- link to next port on this branch device
mstb- the branch device connected to this port, if there is one.This should be considered protected for reading by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.lock. There are two exceptions to this:drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.up_req_workanddrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.work, which do not grabdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.lockduring reads but are the onlyupdaters of this list and are protected from writing concurrentlybydrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.probe_lock. aux- i2c aux transport to talk to device connected to this port, protectedby
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock. parent- branch device parent of this port
vcpi- Virtual Channel Payload info for this port.
connector- DRM connector this port is connected to. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock. mgr- topology manager this port lives under.
cached_edid- for DP logical ports - make tiling work by ensuringthat the EDID for all connectors is read immediately.
has_audio- Tracks whether the sink connector to this port isaudio-capable.
fec_capable- bool indicating if FEC can be supported up to thatpoint in the MST topology.
Description
This structure represents an MST port endpoint on a device somewherein the MST topology.
- struct
drm_dp_mst_branch¶ MST branch device.
Definition
struct drm_dp_mst_branch { struct kref topology_kref; struct kref malloc_kref;#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS); struct drm_dp_mst_topology_ref_history topology_ref_history;#endif; struct list_head destroy_next; u8 rad[8]; u8 lct; int num_ports; struct list_head ports; struct drm_dp_mst_port *port_parent; struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr; bool link_address_sent; u8 guid[16];};Members
topology_kref- refcount for this branch device’s lifetime in thetopology, only the DP MST helpers should need to touch this
malloc_kref- refcount for the memory allocation containing thisstructure. See
drm_dp_mst_get_mstb_malloc()anddrm_dp_mst_put_mstb_malloc(). topology_ref_history- A history of each topologyreference/dereference. See CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS.
destroy_next- linked-list entry used bydrm_dp_delayed_destroy_work()
rad- Relative Address to talk to this branch device.
lct- Link count total to talk to this branch device.
num_ports- number of ports on the branch.
ports- the list of ports on this branch device. This should beconsidered protected for reading by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.lock.There are two exceptions to this:drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.up_req_workanddrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.work, which do not grabdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.lockduring reads but are the onlyupdaters of this list and are protected from updating the listconcurrently bydrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.probe_lock port_parent- pointer to the port parent, NULL if toplevel.
mgr- topology manager for this branch device.
link_address_sent- if a link address message has been sent to this device yet.
guid- guid for DP 1.2 branch device. port under this branch can beidentified by port #.
Description
This structure represents an MST branch device, there is oneprimary branch device at the root, along with any other branches connectedto downstream port of parent branches.
- struct
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr¶ DisplayPort MST manager
Definition
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr { struct drm_private_obj base; struct drm_device *dev; const struct drm_dp_mst_topology_cbs *cbs; int max_dpcd_transaction_bytes; struct drm_dp_aux *aux; int max_payloads; int conn_base_id; struct drm_dp_sideband_msg_rx up_req_recv; struct drm_dp_sideband_msg_rx down_rep_recv; struct mutex lock; struct mutex probe_lock; bool mst_state : 1; bool payload_id_table_cleared : 1; struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mst_primary; u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]; u8 sink_count; int pbn_div; const struct drm_private_state_funcs *funcs; struct mutex qlock; struct list_head tx_msg_downq; struct mutex payload_lock; struct drm_dp_vcpi **proposed_vcpis; struct drm_dp_payload *payloads; unsigned long payload_mask; unsigned long vcpi_mask; wait_queue_head_t tx_waitq; struct work_struct work; struct work_struct tx_work; struct list_head destroy_port_list; struct list_head destroy_branch_device_list; struct mutex delayed_destroy_lock; struct workqueue_struct *delayed_destroy_wq; struct work_struct delayed_destroy_work; struct list_head up_req_list; struct mutex up_req_lock; struct work_struct up_req_work;#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS); struct mutex topology_ref_history_lock;#endif;};Members
base- Base private object for atomic
dev- device pointer for adding i2c devices etc.
cbs- callbacks for connector addition and destruction.
max_dpcd_transaction_bytes- maximum number of bytes to read/writein one go.
aux- AUX channel for the DP MST connector this topolgy mgr iscontrolling.
max_payloads- maximum number of payloads the GPU can generate.
conn_base_id- DRM connector ID this mgr is connected to. Only usedto build the MST connector path value.
up_req_recv- Message receiver state for up requests.
down_rep_recv- Message receiver state for replies to downrequests.
lock- protectsmst_state,mst_primary,dpcd, andpayload_id_table_cleared.
probe_lock- Preventswork andup_req_work, the only writers of
drm_dp_mst_port.mstbanddrm_dp_mst_branch.ports, from racingwhile they update the topology. mst_state- If this manager is enabled for an MST capable port. Falseif no MST sink/branch devices is connected.
payload_id_table_cleared- Whether or not we’ve cleared the payloadID table formst_primary. Protected bylock.
mst_primary- Pointer to the primary/first branch device.
dpcd- Cache of DPCD for primary port.
sink_count- Sink count from DEVICE_SERVICE_IRQ_VECTOR_ESI0.
pbn_div- PBN to slots divisor.
funcs- Atomic helper callbacks
qlock- protectstx_msg_downq and
drm_dp_sideband_msg_tx.state tx_msg_downq- List of pending down requests
payload_lock- Protect payload information.
proposed_vcpis- Array of pointers for the new VCPI allocation. TheVCPI structure itself is
drm_dp_mst_port.vcpi, and the size ofthis array is determined bymax_payloads. payloads- Array of payloads. The size of this array is determinedbymax_payloads.
payload_mask- Elements ofpayloads actually in use. Sincereallocation of active outputs isn’t possible gaps can be created bydisabling outputs out of order compared to how they’ve been enabled.
vcpi_mask- Similar topayload_mask, but forproposed_vcpis.
tx_waitq- Wait to queue stall for the tx worker.
work- Probe work.
tx_work- Sideband transmit worker. This can nest within the mainwork worker for each transactionwork launches.
destroy_port_list- List of to be destroyed connectors.
destroy_branch_device_list- List of to be destroyed branchdevices.
delayed_destroy_lock- Protectsdestroy_port_list anddestroy_branch_device_list.
delayed_destroy_wq- Workqueue used for delayed_destroy_work items.A dedicated WQ makes it possible to drain any requeued work itemson it.
delayed_destroy_work- Work item to destroy MST port and branchdevices, needed to avoid locking inversion.
up_req_list- List of pending up requests from the topology thatneed to be processed, in chronological order.
up_req_lock- Protectsup_req_list
up_req_work- Work item to process up requests received from thetopology. Needed to avoid blocking hotplug handling and sidebandtransmissions.
topology_ref_history_lock- protects
drm_dp_mst_port.topology_ref_historyanddrm_dp_mst_branch.topology_ref_history.
Description
This struct represents the toplevel displayport MST topology manager.There should be one instance of this for every MST capable DP connectoron the GPU.
- bool
__drm_dp_mst_state_iter_get(structdrm_atomic_state * state, structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr ** mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state ** old_state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state ** new_state, int i)¶ private atomic state iterator function for macro-internal use
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*statestructdrm_atomic_statepointerstructdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr**mgr- pointer to the
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgriteration cursor structdrm_dp_mst_topology_state**old_state- optional pointer to the old
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_stateiteration cursor structdrm_dp_mst_topology_state**new_state- optional pointer to the new
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_stateiteration cursor inti- int iteration cursor, for macro-internal use
Description
Used byfor_each_oldnew_mst_mgr_in_state(),for_each_old_mst_mgr_in_state(), andfor_each_new_mst_mgr_in_state(). Don’tcall this directly.
Return
True if the currentstructdrm_private_obj is astructdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr, false otherwise.
for_each_oldnew_mst_mgr_in_state(__state,mgr,old_state,new_state,__i)¶iterate over all DP MST topology managers in an atomic update
Parameters
__statestructdrm_atomic_statepointermgrstructdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgriteration cursorold_statestructdrm_dp_mst_topology_stateiteration cursor for the oldstatenew_statestructdrm_dp_mst_topology_stateiteration cursor for the newstate__i- int iteration cursor, for macro-internal use
Description
This iterates over all DRM DP MST topology managers in an atomic update,tracking both old and new state. This is useful in places where the statedelta needs to be considered, for example in atomic check functions.
for_each_old_mst_mgr_in_state(__state,mgr,old_state,__i)¶iterate over all DP MST topology managers in an atomic update
Parameters
__statestructdrm_atomic_statepointermgrstructdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgriteration cursorold_statestructdrm_dp_mst_topology_stateiteration cursor for the oldstate__i- int iteration cursor, for macro-internal use
Description
This iterates over all DRM DP MST topology managers in an atomic update,tracking only the old state. This is useful in disable functions, where weneed the old state the hardware is still in.
for_each_new_mst_mgr_in_state(__state,mgr,new_state,__i)¶iterate over all DP MST topology managers in an atomic update
Parameters
__statestructdrm_atomic_statepointermgrstructdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgriteration cursornew_statestructdrm_dp_mst_topology_stateiteration cursor for the newstate__i- int iteration cursor, for macro-internal use
Description
This iterates over all DRM DP MST topology managers in an atomic update,tracking only the new state. This is useful in enable functions, where weneed the new state the hardware should be in when the atomic commitoperation has completed.
- void
drm_dp_mst_get_port_malloc(structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ Increment the malloc refcount of an MST port
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- The
structdrm_dp_mst_portto increment the malloc refcount of
Description
Incrementsdrm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref. Whendrm_dp_mst_port.malloc_krefreaches 0, the memory allocation forport will be released andport mayno longer be used.
Becauseport could potentially be freed at any time by the DP MST helpersifdrm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref reaches 0, including during a call to thisfunction, drivers that which to make use ofstructdrm_dp_mst_port shouldensure that they grab at least one main malloc reference to their MST portsindrm_dp_mst_topology_cbs.add_connector. This callback is called beforethere is any chance fordrm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref to reach 0.
See also:drm_dp_mst_put_port_malloc()
- void
drm_dp_mst_put_port_malloc(structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ Decrement the malloc refcount of an MST port
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- The
structdrm_dp_mst_portto decrement the malloc refcount of
Description
Decrementsdrm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref. Whendrm_dp_mst_port.malloc_krefreaches 0, the memory allocation forport will be released andport mayno longer be used.
See also:drm_dp_mst_get_port_malloc()
- int
drm_dp_mst_connector_late_register(structdrm_connector * connector, structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ Late MST connector registration
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- The MST connector
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- The MST port for this connector
Description
Helper to register the remote aux device for this MST port. Drivers shouldcall this from their mst connector’s late_register hook to enable MST auxdevices.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure.
- void
drm_dp_mst_connector_early_unregister(structdrm_connector * connector, structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ Early MST connector unregistration
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- The MST connector
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- The MST port for this connector
Description
Helper to unregister the remote aux device for this MST port, registered bydrm_dp_mst_connector_late_register(). Drivers should call this from their mstconnector’s early_unregister hook.
- int
drm_dp_update_payload_part1(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶ Execute payload update part 1
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager to use.
Description
This iterates over all proposed virtual channels, and tries toallocate space in the link for them. For 0->slots transitions,this step just writes the VCPI to the MST device. For slots->0transitions, this writes the updated VCPIs and removes theremote VC payloads.
after calling this the driver should generate ACT and payloadpackets.
- int
drm_dp_update_payload_part2(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶ Execute payload update part 2
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager to use.
Description
This iterates over all proposed virtual channels, and tries toallocate space in the link for them. For 0->slots transitions,this step writes the remote VC payload commands. For slots->0this just resets some internal state.
- int
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_set_mst(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, bool mst_state)¶ Set the MST state for a topology manager
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager to set state for
boolmst_state- true to enable MST on this connector - false to disable.
Description
This is called by the driver when it detects an MST capable device pluggedinto a DP MST capable port, or when a DP MST capable device is unplugged.
- void
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_suspend(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶ suspend the MST manager
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager to suspend
Description
This function tells the MST device that we can’t handle UP messagesanymore. This should stop it from sending any since we are suspended.
- int
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_resume(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, bool sync)¶ resume the MST manager
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager to resume
boolsync- whether or not to perform topology reprobing synchronously
Description
This will fetch DPCD and see if the device is still there,if it is, it will rewrite the MSTM control bits, and return.
If the device fails this returns -1, and the driver should doa full MST reprobe, in case we were undocked.
During system resume (where it is assumed that the driver will be callingdrm_atomic_helper_resume()) this function should be called beforehand withsync set to true. In contexts like runtime resume where the driver is notexpected to be callingdrm_atomic_helper_resume(), this function should becalled withsync set to false in order to avoid deadlocking.
Return
-1 if the MST topology was removed while we were suspended, 0otherwise.
- int
drm_dp_mst_hpd_irq(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, u8 * esi, bool * handled)¶ MST hotplug IRQ notify
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager to notify irq for.
u8*esi- 4 bytes from SINK_COUNT_ESI
bool*handled- whether the hpd interrupt was consumed or not
Description
This should be called from the driver when it detects a short IRQ,along with the value of the DEVICE_SERVICE_IRQ_VECTOR_ESI0. Thetopology manager will process the sideband messages received as a resultof this.
- int
drm_dp_mst_detect_port(structdrm_connector * connector, structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx, structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ get connection status for an MST port
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- DRM connector for this port
structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx*ctx- The acquisition context to use for grabbing locks
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager for this port
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- pointer to a port
Description
This returns the current connection state for a port.
- struct edid *
drm_dp_mst_get_edid(structdrm_connector * connector, structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ get EDID for an MST port
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- toplevel connector to get EDID for
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager for this port
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- unverified pointer to a port.
Description
This returns an EDID for the port connected to a connector,It validates the pointer still exists so the caller doesn’t require areference.
- int
drm_dp_find_vcpi_slots(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, int pbn)¶ Find VCPI slots for this PBN value
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager to use
intpbn- payload bandwidth to convert into slots.
Description
Calculate the number of VCPI slots that will be required for the given PBNvalue. This function is deprecated, and should not be used in atomicdrivers.
Return
The total slots required for this port, or error.
- int
drm_dp_atomic_find_vcpi_slots(structdrm_atomic_state * state, structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, structdrm_dp_mst_port * port, int pbn, int pbn_div)¶ Find and add VCPI slots to the state
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*state- global atomic state
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- MST topology manager for the port
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- port to find vcpi slots for
intpbn- bandwidth required for the mode in PBN
intpbn_div- divider for DSC mode that takes FEC into account
Description
Allocates VCPI slots toport, replacing any previous VCPI allocations itmay have had. Any atomic drivers which support MST must call this functionin theirdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_check() callback to change thecurrent VCPI allocation for the new state, but only whendrm_crtc_state.mode_changed ordrm_crtc_state.connectors_changed is setto ensure compatibility with userspace applications that still use thelegacy modesetting UAPI.
Allocations set by this function are not checked against the bandwidthrestraints ofmgr until the driver callsdrm_dp_mst_atomic_check().
Additionally, it is OK to call this function multiple times on the sameport as needed. It is not OK however, to call this function anddrm_dp_atomic_release_vcpi_slots() in the same atomic check phase.
See also:drm_dp_atomic_release_vcpi_slots()drm_dp_mst_atomic_check()
Return
Total slots in the atomic state assigned for this port, or a negative errorcode if the port no longer exists
- int
drm_dp_atomic_release_vcpi_slots(structdrm_atomic_state * state, structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ Release allocated vcpi slots
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*state- global atomic state
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- MST topology manager for the port
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- The port to release the VCPI slots from
Description
Releases any VCPI slots that have been allocated to a port in the atomicstate. Any atomic drivers which support MST must call this function intheirdrm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_check() callback when theconnector will no longer have VCPI allocated (e.g. because its CRTC wasremoved) when it had VCPI allocated in the previous atomic state.
It is OK to call this even ifport has been removed from the system.Additionally, it is OK to call this function multiple times on the sameport as needed. It is not OK however, to call this function anddrm_dp_atomic_find_vcpi_slots() on the sameport in a single atomic checkphase.
See also:drm_dp_atomic_find_vcpi_slots()drm_dp_mst_atomic_check()
Return
0 if all slots for this port were added back todrm_dp_mst_topology_state.avail_slots or negative error code
- bool
drm_dp_mst_allocate_vcpi(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, structdrm_dp_mst_port * port, int pbn, int slots)¶ Allocate a virtual channel
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager for this port
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- port to allocate a virtual channel for.
intpbn- payload bandwidth number to request
intslots- returned number of slots for this PBN.
- void
drm_dp_mst_reset_vcpi_slots(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ Reset number of slots to 0 for VCPI
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager for this port
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- unverified pointer to a port.
Description
This just resets the number of slots for the ports VCPI for later programming.
- void
drm_dp_mst_deallocate_vcpi(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ deallocate a VCPI
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager for this port
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- port to deallocate vcpi for
Description
This can be called unconditionally, regardless of whetherdrm_dp_mst_allocate_vcpi() succeeded or not.
- int
drm_dp_check_act_status(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶ Polls for ACT handled status.
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager to use
Description
Tries waiting for the MST hub to finish updating it’s payload table bypolling for the ACT handled bit for up to 3 seconds (yes-some hubs reallytake that long).
Return
0 if the ACT was handled in time, negative error code on failure.
- int
drm_dp_calc_pbn_mode(int clock, int bpp, bool dsc)¶ Calculate the PBN for a mode.
Parameters
intclock- dot clock for the mode
intbpp- bpp for the mode.
booldsc- DSC mode. If true, bpp has units of 1/16 of a bit per pixel
Description
This uses the formula in the spec to calculate the PBN value for a mode.
- void
drm_dp_mst_dump_topology(struct seq_file * m, structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶
Parameters
structseq_file*m- seq_file to dump output to
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager to dump current topology for.
Description
helper to dump MST topology to a seq file for debugfs.
- int
drm_dp_mst_add_affected_dsc_crtcs(structdrm_atomic_state * state, structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*state- Pointer to the new struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- MST topology manager
Description
Whenever there is a change in mst topologyDSC configuration would have to be recalculatedtherefore we need to trigger modeset on all affectedCRTCs in that topology
See also:drm_dp_mst_atomic_enable_dsc()
- int
drm_dp_mst_atomic_enable_dsc(structdrm_atomic_state * state, structdrm_dp_mst_port * port, int pbn, int pbn_div, bool enable)¶ Set DSC Enable Flag to On/Off
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*state- Pointer to the new drm_atomic_state
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- Pointer to the affected MST Port
intpbn- Newly recalculated bw required for link with DSC enabled
intpbn_div- Divider to calculate correct number of pbn per slot
boolenable- Boolean flag to enable or disable DSC on the port
Description
This function enables DSC on the given Portby recalculating its vcpi from pbn providedand sets dsc_enable flag to keep track of whichports have DSC enabled
- int
drm_dp_mst_atomic_check(structdrm_atomic_state * state)¶ Check that the new state of an MST topology in an atomic update is valid
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*state- Pointer to the new
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_state
Description
Checks the given topology state for an atomic update to ensure that it’svalid. This includes checking whether there’s enough bandwidth to supportthe new VCPI allocations in the atomic update.
Any atomic drivers supporting DP MST must make sure to call this afterchecking the rest of their state in theirdrm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check() callback.
See also:drm_dp_atomic_find_vcpi_slots()drm_dp_atomic_release_vcpi_slots()
0 if the new state is valid, negative error code otherwise.
Return
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *
drm_atomic_get_mst_topology_state(structdrm_atomic_state * state, structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶
Parameters
structdrm_atomic_state*state- global atomic state
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- MST topology manager, also the private object in this case
Description
This function wraps drm_atomic_get_priv_obj_state() passing in the MST atomicstate vtable so that the private object state returned is that of a MSTtopology object. Also,drm_atomic_get_private_obj_state() expects the callerto care of the locking, so warn if don’t hold the connection_mutex.
The MST topology state or error pointer.
Return
- int
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_init(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_dp_aux * aux, int max_dpcd_transaction_bytes, int max_payloads, int conn_base_id)¶ initialise a topology manager
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager struct to initialise
structdrm_device*dev- device providing this structure - for i2c addition.
structdrm_dp_aux*aux- DP helper aux channel to talk to this device
intmax_dpcd_transaction_bytes- hw specific DPCD transaction limit
intmax_payloads- maximum number of payloads this GPU can source
intconn_base_id- the connector object ID the MST device is connected to.
Description
Return 0 for success, or negative error code on failure
- void
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_destroy(structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶ destroy topology manager.
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr*mgr- manager to destroy
- structdrm_dp_aux *
drm_dp_mst_dsc_aux_for_port(structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ Find the correct aux for DSC
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- The port to check. A leaf of the MST tree with an attached display.
Description
Depending on the situation, DSC may be enabled via the endpoint aux,the immediately upstream aux, or the connector’s physical aux.
This is both the correct aux to read DSC_CAPABILITY and thecorrect aux to write DSC_ENABLED.
This operation can be expensive (up to four aux reads), sothe caller should cache the return.
Return
NULL if DSC cannot be enabled on this port, otherwise the aux device
Topology Lifetime Internals¶
These functions aren’t exported to drivers, but are documented here to help makethe MST topology helpers easier to understand
- void
drm_dp_mst_get_mstb_malloc(structdrm_dp_mst_branch * mstb)¶ Increment the malloc refcount of a branch device
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_branch*mstb- The
structdrm_dp_mst_branchto increment the malloc refcount of
Description
Incrementsdrm_dp_mst_branch.malloc_kref. Whendrm_dp_mst_branch.malloc_kref reaches 0, the memory allocation formstbwill be released andmstb may no longer be used.
See also:drm_dp_mst_put_mstb_malloc()
- void
drm_dp_mst_put_mstb_malloc(structdrm_dp_mst_branch * mstb)¶ Decrement the malloc refcount of a branch device
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_branch*mstb- The
structdrm_dp_mst_branchto decrement the malloc refcount of
Description
Decrementsdrm_dp_mst_branch.malloc_kref. Whendrm_dp_mst_branch.malloc_kref reaches 0, the memory allocation formstbwill be released andmstb may no longer be used.
See also:drm_dp_mst_get_mstb_malloc()
- int
drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_mstb(structdrm_dp_mst_branch * mstb)¶ Increment the topology refcount of a branch device unless it’s zero
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_branch*mstbstructdrm_dp_mst_branchto increment the topology refcount of
Description
Attempts to grab a topology reference tomstb, if it hasn’t yet beenremoved from the topology (e.g.drm_dp_mst_branch.topology_kref hasreached 0). Holding a topology reference implies that a malloc referencewill be held tomstb as long as the user holds the topology reference.
Care should be taken to ensure that the user has at least one mallocreference tomstb. If you already have a topology reference tomstb, youshould usedrm_dp_mst_topology_get_mstb() instead.
See also:drm_dp_mst_topology_get_mstb()drm_dp_mst_topology_put_mstb()
Return
- 1: A topology reference was grabbed successfully
- 0:port is no longer in the topology, no reference was grabbed
- void
drm_dp_mst_topology_get_mstb(structdrm_dp_mst_branch * mstb)¶ Increment the topology refcount of a branch device
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_branch*mstb- The
structdrm_dp_mst_branchto increment the topology refcount of
Description
Incrementsdrm_dp_mst_branch.topology_refcount without checking whether ornot it’s already reached 0. This is only valid to use in scenarios whereyou are already guaranteed to have at least one active topology referencetomstb. Otherwise,drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_mstb() must be used.
See also:drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_mstb()drm_dp_mst_topology_put_mstb()
- void
drm_dp_mst_topology_put_mstb(structdrm_dp_mst_branch * mstb)¶ release a topology reference to a branch device
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_branch*mstb- The
structdrm_dp_mst_branchto release the topology reference from
Description
Releases a topology reference frommstb by decrementingdrm_dp_mst_branch.topology_kref.
See also:drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_mstb()drm_dp_mst_topology_get_mstb()
- int
drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_port(structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ Increment the topology refcount of a port unless it’s zero
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_port*portstructdrm_dp_mst_portto increment the topology refcount of
Description
Attempts to grab a topology reference toport, if it hasn’t yet beenremoved from the topology (e.g.drm_dp_mst_port.topology_kref has reached0). Holding a topology reference implies that a malloc reference will beheld toport as long as the user holds the topology reference.
Care should be taken to ensure that the user has at least one mallocreference toport. If you already have a topology reference toport, youshould usedrm_dp_mst_topology_get_port() instead.
See also:drm_dp_mst_topology_get_port()drm_dp_mst_topology_put_port()
Return
- 1: A topology reference was grabbed successfully
- 0:port is no longer in the topology, no reference was grabbed
- void
drm_dp_mst_topology_get_port(structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ Increment the topology refcount of a port
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- The
structdrm_dp_mst_portto increment the topology refcount of
Description
Incrementsdrm_dp_mst_port.topology_refcount without checking whether ornot it’s already reached 0. This is only valid to use in scenarios whereyou are already guaranteed to have at least one active topology referencetoport. Otherwise,drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_port() must be used.
See also:drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_port()drm_dp_mst_topology_put_port()
- void
drm_dp_mst_topology_put_port(structdrm_dp_mst_port * port)¶ release a topology reference to a port
Parameters
structdrm_dp_mst_port*port- The
structdrm_dp_mst_portto release the topology reference from
Description
Releases a topology reference fromport by decrementingdrm_dp_mst_port.topology_kref.
See also:drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_port()drm_dp_mst_topology_get_port()
MIPI DBI Helper Functions Reference¶
This library provides helpers for MIPI Display Bus Interface (DBI)compatible display controllers.
Many controllers for tiny lcd displays are MIPI compliant and can use thislibrary. If a controller uses registers 0x2A and 0x2B to set the area toupdate and uses register 0x2C to write to frame memory, it is most likelyMIPI compliant.
Only MIPI Type 1 displays are supported since a full frame memory is needed.
There are 3 MIPI DBI implementation types:
- Motorola 6800 type parallel bus
- Intel 8080 type parallel bus
- SPI type with 3 options:
- 9-bit with the Data/Command signal as the ninth bit
- Same as above except it’s sent as 16 bits
- 8-bit with the Data/Command signal as a separate D/CX pin
Currently mipi_dbi only supports Type C options 1 and 3 withmipi_dbi_spi_init().
- struct
mipi_dbi¶ MIPI DBI interface
Definition
struct mipi_dbi { struct mutex cmdlock; int (*command)(struct mipi_dbi *dbi, u8 *cmd, u8 *param, size_t num); const u8 *read_commands; bool swap_bytes; struct gpio_desc *reset; struct spi_device *spi; struct gpio_desc *dc; void *tx_buf9; size_t tx_buf9_len;};Members
cmdlock- Command lock
command- Bus specific callback executing commands.
read_commands- Array of read commands terminated by a zero entry.
- Reading is disabled if this is NULL.
swap_bytes- Swap bytes in buffer before transfer
reset- Optional reset gpio
spi- SPI device
dc- Optional D/C gpio.
tx_buf9- Buffer used for Option 1 9-bit conversion
tx_buf9_len- Size of tx_buf9.
- struct
mipi_dbi_dev¶ MIPI DBI device
Definition
struct mipi_dbi_dev { struct drm_device drm; struct drm_simple_display_pipe pipe; struct drm_connector connector; struct drm_display_mode mode; u16 *tx_buf; unsigned int rotation; unsigned int left_offset; unsigned int top_offset; struct backlight_device *backlight; struct regulator *regulator; struct mipi_dbi dbi;};Members
drm- DRM device
pipe- Display pipe structure
connector- Connector
mode- Fixed display mode
tx_buf- Buffer used for transfer (copy clip rect area)
rotation- initial rotation in degrees Counter Clock Wise
left_offset- Horizontal offset of the display relative to the
- controller’s driver array
top_offset- Vertical offset of the display relative to the
- controller’s driver array
backlight- backlight device (optional)
regulator- power regulator (optional)
dbi- MIPI DBI interface
mipi_dbi_command(dbi,cmd,seq)¶MIPI DCS command with optional parameter(s)
Parameters
dbi- MIPI DBI structure
cmd- Command
seq- Optional parameter(s)
Description
Send MIPI DCS command to the controller. Usemipi_dbi_command_read() forget/read.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
Parameters
structmipi_dbi*dbi- MIPI DBI structure
u8cmd- Command
u8*val- Value read
Description
Send MIPI DCS read command to the controller.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dbi_command_buf(structmipi_dbi * dbi, u8 cmd, u8 * data, size_t len)¶ MIPI DCS command with parameter(s) in an array
Parameters
structmipi_dbi*dbi- MIPI DBI structure
u8cmd- Command
u8*data- Parameter buffer
size_tlen- Buffer length
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dbi_buf_copy(void * dst, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, structdrm_rect * clip, bool swap)¶ Copy a framebuffer, transforming it if necessary
Parameters
void*dst- The destination buffer
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- The source framebuffer
structdrm_rect*clip- Clipping rectangle of the area to be copied
boolswap- When true, swap MSB/LSB of 16-bit values
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- void
mipi_dbi_pipe_update(structdrm_simple_display_pipe * pipe, structdrm_plane_state * old_state)¶ Display pipe update helper
Parameters
structdrm_simple_display_pipe*pipe- Simple display pipe
structdrm_plane_state*old_state- Old plane state
Description
This function handles framebuffer flushing and vblank events. Drivers can usethis as theirdrm_simple_display_pipe_funcs->update callback.
- void
mipi_dbi_enable_flush(structmipi_dbi_dev * dbidev, structdrm_crtc_state * crtc_state, structdrm_plane_state * plane_state)¶ MIPI DBI enable helper
Parameters
structmipi_dbi_dev*dbidev- MIPI DBI device structure
structdrm_crtc_state*crtc_state- CRTC state
structdrm_plane_state*plane_state- Plane state
Description
Flushes the whole framebuffer and enables the backlight. Drivers can use thisin theirdrm_simple_display_pipe_funcs->enable callback.
Note
Drivers which don’t usemipi_dbi_pipe_update() because they have customframebuffer flushing, can’t use this function since they both use the sameflushing code.
- void
mipi_dbi_pipe_disable(structdrm_simple_display_pipe * pipe)¶ MIPI DBI pipe disable helper
Parameters
structdrm_simple_display_pipe*pipe- Display pipe
Description
This function disables backlight if present, if not the display memory isblanked. The regulator is disabled if in use. Drivers can use this as theirdrm_simple_display_pipe_funcs->disable callback.
- int
mipi_dbi_dev_init_with_formats(structmipi_dbi_dev * dbidev, const structdrm_simple_display_pipe_funcs * funcs, const uint32_t * formats, unsigned int format_count, const structdrm_display_mode * mode, unsigned int rotation, size_t tx_buf_size)¶ MIPI DBI device initialization with custom formats
Parameters
structmipi_dbi_dev*dbidev- MIPI DBI device structure to initialize
conststructdrm_simple_display_pipe_funcs*funcs- Display pipe functions
constuint32_t*formats- Array of supported formats (DRM_FORMAT_*).
unsignedintformat_count- Number of elements informats
conststructdrm_display_mode*mode- Display mode
unsignedintrotation- Initial rotation in degrees Counter Clock Wise
size_ttx_buf_size- Allocate a transmit buffer of this size.
Description
This function sets up adrm_simple_display_pipe with adrm_connector thathas one fixeddrm_display_mode which is rotated according torotation.This mode is used to set the mode config min/max width/height properties.
Usemipi_dbi_dev_init() if you don’t need custom formats.
Note
Some of the helper functions expects RGB565 to be the default format and thetransmit buffer sized to fit that.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dbi_dev_init(structmipi_dbi_dev * dbidev, const structdrm_simple_display_pipe_funcs * funcs, const structdrm_display_mode * mode, unsigned int rotation)¶ MIPI DBI device initialization
Parameters
structmipi_dbi_dev*dbidev- MIPI DBI device structure to initialize
conststructdrm_simple_display_pipe_funcs*funcs- Display pipe functions
conststructdrm_display_mode*mode- Display mode
unsignedintrotation- Initial rotation in degrees Counter Clock Wise
Description
This function sets up adrm_simple_display_pipe with adrm_connector thathas one fixeddrm_display_mode which is rotated according torotation.This mode is used to set the mode config min/max width/height properties.Additionallymipi_dbi.tx_buf is allocated.
Supported formats: Native RGB565 and emulated XRGB8888.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
Parameters
structmipi_dbi*dbi- MIPI DBI structure
Description
Reset controller if themipi_dbi->reset gpio is set.
Parameters
structmipi_dbi*dbi- MIPI DBI structure
Description
This function checks the Power Mode register (if readable) to see ifdisplay output is turned on. This can be used to see if the bootloaderhas already turned on the display avoiding flicker when the pipeline isenabled.
Return
true if the display can be verified to be on, false otherwise.
- int
mipi_dbi_poweron_reset(structmipi_dbi_dev * dbidev)¶ MIPI DBI poweron and reset
Parameters
structmipi_dbi_dev*dbidev- MIPI DBI device structure
Description
This function enables the regulator if used and does a hardware and softwarereset.
Return
Zero on success, or a negative error code.
- int
mipi_dbi_poweron_conditional_reset(structmipi_dbi_dev * dbidev)¶ MIPI DBI poweron and conditional reset
Parameters
structmipi_dbi_dev*dbidev- MIPI DBI device structure
Description
This function enables the regulator if used and if the display is off, itdoes a hardware and software reset. Ifmipi_dbi_display_is_on() determinesthat the display is on, no reset is performed.
Return
Zero if the controller was reset, 1 if the display was already on, or anegative error code.
- u32
mipi_dbi_spi_cmd_max_speed(structspi_device * spi, size_t len)¶ get the maximum SPI bus speed
Parameters
structspi_device*spi- SPI device
size_tlen- The transfer buffer length.
Description
Many controllers have a max speed of 10MHz, but can be pushed way beyondthat. Increase reliability by running pixel data at max speed and the restat 10MHz, preventing transfer glitches from messing up the init settings.
- int
mipi_dbi_spi_init(structspi_device * spi, structmipi_dbi * dbi, struct gpio_desc * dc)¶ Initialize MIPI DBI SPI interface
Parameters
structspi_device*spi- SPI device
structmipi_dbi*dbi- MIPI DBI structure to initialize
structgpio_desc*dc- D/C gpio (optional)
Description
This function setsmipi_dbi->command, enablesmipi_dbi->read_commands for theusual read commands. It should be followed by a call tomipi_dbi_dev_init() ora driver-specific init.
Ifdc is set, a Type C Option 3 interface is assumed, if notType C Option 1.
If the SPI master driver doesn’t support the necessary bits per word,the following transformation is used:
- 9-bit: reorder buffer as 9x 8-bit words, padded with no-op command.
- 16-bit: if big endian send as 8-bit, if little endian swap bytes
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dbi_spi_transfer(structspi_device * spi, u32 speed_hz, u8 bpw, const void * buf, size_t len)¶ SPI transfer helper
Parameters
structspi_device*spi- SPI device
u32speed_hz- Override speed (optional)
u8bpw- Bits per word
constvoid*buf- Buffer to transfer
size_tlen- Buffer length
Description
This SPI transfer helper breaks up the transfer ofbuf into chunks whichthe SPI controller driver can handle.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
Parameters
structdrm_minor*minor- DRM minor
Description
This function creates a ‘command’ debugfs file for sending commands to thecontroller or getting the read command values.Drivers can use this as theirdrm_driver->debugfs_init callback.
MIPI DSI Helper Functions Reference¶
These functions contain some common logic and helpers to deal with MIPI DSIperipherals.
Helpers are provided for a number of standard MIPI DSI command as well as asubset of the MIPI DCS command set.
- struct
mipi_dsi_msg¶ read/write DSI buffer
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_msg { u8 channel; u8 type; u16 flags; size_t tx_len; const void *tx_buf; size_t rx_len; void *rx_buf;};Members
channel- virtual channel id
type- payload data type
flags- flags controlling this message transmission
tx_len- length oftx_buf
tx_buf- data to be written
rx_len- length ofrx_buf
rx_buf- data to be read, or NULL
- struct
mipi_dsi_packet¶ represents a MIPI DSI packet in protocol format
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_packet { size_t size; u8 header[4]; size_t payload_length; const u8 *payload;};Members
size- size (in bytes) of the packet
header- the four bytes that make up the header (Data ID, Word Count orPacket Data, and ECC)
payload_length- number of bytes in the payload
payload- a pointer to a buffer containing the payload, if any
- struct
mipi_dsi_host_ops¶ DSI bus operations
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_host_ops { int (*attach)(struct mipi_dsi_host *host, struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi); int (*detach)(struct mipi_dsi_host *host, struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi); ssize_t (*transfer)(struct mipi_dsi_host *host, const struct mipi_dsi_msg *msg);};Members
attach- attach DSI device to DSI host
detach- detach DSI device from DSI host
transfer- transmit a DSI packet
Description
DSI packets transmitted by .transfer() are passed in as mipi_dsi_msgstructures. This structure contains information about the type of packetbeing transmitted as well as the transmit and receive buffers. When anerror is encountered during transmission, this function will return anegative error code. On success it shall return the number of bytestransmitted for write packets or the number of bytes received for readpackets.
Note that typically DSI packet transmission is atomic, so the .transfer()function will seldomly return anything other than the number of bytescontained in the transmit buffer on success.
- struct
mipi_dsi_host¶ DSI host device
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_host { struct device *dev; const struct mipi_dsi_host_ops *ops; struct list_head list;};Members
dev- driver model device node for this DSI host
ops- DSI host operations
list- list management
- struct
mipi_dsi_device_info¶ template for creating a mipi_dsi_device
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_device_info { char type[DSI_DEV_NAME_SIZE]; u32 channel; struct device_node *node;};Members
type- DSI peripheral chip type
channel- DSI virtual channel assigned to peripheral
node- pointer to OF device node or NULL
Description
This is populated and passed to mipi_dsi_device_new to create a newDSI device
- struct
mipi_dsi_device¶ DSI peripheral device
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_device { struct mipi_dsi_host *host; struct device dev; char name[DSI_DEV_NAME_SIZE]; unsigned int channel; unsigned int lanes; enum mipi_dsi_pixel_format format; unsigned long mode_flags; unsigned long hs_rate; unsigned long lp_rate;};Members
host- DSI host for this peripheral
dev- driver model device node for this peripheral
name- DSI peripheral chip type
channel- virtual channel assigned to the peripheral
lanes- number of active data lanes
format- pixel format for video mode
mode_flags- DSI operation mode related flags
hs_rate- maximum lane frequency for high speed mode in hertz, this shouldbe set to the real limits of the hardware, zero is only accepted forlegacy drivers
lp_rate- maximum lane frequency for low power mode in hertz, this shouldbe set to the real limits of the hardware, zero is only accepted forlegacy drivers
- int
mipi_dsi_pixel_format_to_bpp(enum mipi_dsi_pixel_format fmt)¶ obtain the number of bits per pixel for any given pixel format defined by the MIPI DSI specification
Parameters
enummipi_dsi_pixel_formatfmt- MIPI DSI pixel format
Return
The number of bits per pixel of the given pixel format.
- enum
mipi_dsi_dcs_tear_mode¶ Tearing Effect Output Line mode
Constants
MIPI_DSI_DCS_TEAR_MODE_VBLANK- the TE output line consists of V-Blankinginformation only
MIPI_DSI_DCS_TEAR_MODE_VHBLANK- the TE output line consists of bothV-Blanking and H-Blanking information
- struct
mipi_dsi_driver¶ DSI driver
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_driver { struct device_driver driver; int(*probe)(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi); int(*remove)(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi); void (*shutdown)(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi);};Members
driver- device driver model driver
probe- callback for device binding
remove- callback for device unbinding
shutdown- called at shutdown time to quiesce the device
- structmipi_dsi_device *
of_find_mipi_dsi_device_by_node(struct device_node * np)¶ find the MIPI DSI device matching a device tree node
Parameters
structdevice_node*np- device tree node
Return
- A pointer to the MIPI DSI device corresponding tonp or NULL if no
- such device exists (or has not been registered yet).
- structmipi_dsi_device *
mipi_dsi_device_register_full(structmipi_dsi_host * host, const structmipi_dsi_device_info * info)¶ create a MIPI DSI device
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_host*host- DSI host to which this device is connected
conststructmipi_dsi_device_info*info- pointer to template containing DSI device information
Description
Create a MIPI DSI device by using the device information provided bymipi_dsi_device_info template
Return
A pointer to the newly created MIPI DSI device, or, a pointer encodedwith an error
- void
mipi_dsi_device_unregister(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶ unregister MIPI DSI device
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
- structmipi_dsi_host *
of_find_mipi_dsi_host_by_node(struct device_node * node)¶ find the MIPI DSI host matching a device tree node
Parameters
structdevice_node*node- device tree node
Return
A pointer to the MIPI DSI host corresponding tonode or NULL if nosuch device exists (or has not been registered yet).
- int
mipi_dsi_attach(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶ attach a DSI device to its DSI host
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral
- int
mipi_dsi_detach(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶ detach a DSI device from its DSI host
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral
- bool
mipi_dsi_packet_format_is_short(u8 type)¶ check if a packet is of the short format
Parameters
u8type- MIPI DSI data type of the packet
Return
true if the packet for the given data type is a short packet, falseotherwise.
- bool
mipi_dsi_packet_format_is_long(u8 type)¶ check if a packet is of the long format
Parameters
u8type- MIPI DSI data type of the packet
Return
true if the packet for the given data type is a long packet, falseotherwise.
- int
mipi_dsi_create_packet(structmipi_dsi_packet * packet, const structmipi_dsi_msg * msg)¶ create a packet from a message according to the DSI protocol
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_packet*packet- pointer to a DSI packet structure
conststructmipi_dsi_msg*msg- message to translate into a packet
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_shutdown_peripheral(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶ sends a Shutdown Peripheral command
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_turn_on_peripheral(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶ sends a Turn On Peripheral command
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- ssize_t
mipi_dsi_compression_mode(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, bool enable)¶ enable/disable DSC on the peripheral
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
boolenable- Whether to enable or disable the DSC
Description
Enable or disable Display Stream Compression on the peripheral using thedefault Picture Parameter Set and VESA DSC 1.1 algorithm.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- ssize_t
mipi_dsi_picture_parameter_set(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, const structdrm_dsc_picture_parameter_set * pps)¶ transmit the DSC PPS to the peripheral
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
conststructdrm_dsc_picture_parameter_set*pps- VESA DSC 1.1 Picture Parameter Set
Description
Transmit the VESA DSC 1.1 Picture Parameter Set to the peripheral.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- ssize_t
mipi_dsi_generic_write(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, const void * payload, size_t size)¶ transmit data using a generic write packet
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
constvoid*payload- buffer containing the payload
size_tsize- size of payload buffer
Description
This function will automatically choose the right data type depending onthe payload length.
Return
The number of bytes transmitted on success or a negative error codeon failure.
- ssize_t
mipi_dsi_generic_read(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, const void * params, size_t num_params, void * data, size_t size)¶ receive data using a generic read packet
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
constvoid*params- buffer containing the request parameters
size_tnum_params- number of request parameters
void*data- buffer in which to return the received data
size_tsize- size of receive buffer
Description
This function will automatically choose the right data type depending onthe number of parameters passed in.
Return
The number of bytes successfully read or a negative error code onfailure.
- ssize_t
mipi_dsi_dcs_write_buffer(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, const void * data, size_t len)¶ transmit a DCS command with payload
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
constvoid*data- buffer containing data to be transmitted
size_tlen- size of transmission buffer
Description
This function will automatically choose the right data type depending onthe command payload length.
Return
The number of bytes successfully transmitted or a negative errorcode on failure.
- ssize_t
mipi_dsi_dcs_write(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, u8 cmd, const void * data, size_t len)¶ send DCS write command
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
u8cmd- DCS command
constvoid*data- buffer containing the command payload
size_tlen- command payload length
Description
This function will automatically choose the right data type depending onthe command payload length.
Return
The number of bytes successfully transmitted or a negative errorcode on failure.
- ssize_t
mipi_dsi_dcs_read(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, u8 cmd, void * data, size_t len)¶ send DCS read request command
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
u8cmd- DCS command
void*data- buffer in which to receive data
size_tlen- size of receive buffer
Return
The number of bytes read or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_nop(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶ send DCS nop packet
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_soft_reset(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶ perform a software reset of the display module
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_get_power_mode(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, u8 * mode)¶ query the display module’s current power mode
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
u8*mode- return location for the current power mode
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_get_pixel_format(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, u8 * format)¶ gets the pixel format for the RGB image data used by the interface
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
u8*format- return location for the pixel format
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_enter_sleep_mode(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶ disable all unnecessary blocks inside the display module except interface communication
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_exit_sleep_mode(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶ enable all blocks inside the display module
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_off(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶ stop displaying the image data on the display device
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_on(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶ start displaying the image data on the display device
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_set_column_address(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, u16 start, u16 end)¶ define the column extent of the frame memory accessed by the host processor
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
u16start- first column of frame memory
u16end- last column of frame memory
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_set_page_address(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, u16 start, u16 end)¶ define the page extent of the frame memory accessed by the host processor
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
u16start- first page of frame memory
u16end- last page of frame memory
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_off(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶ turn off the display module’s Tearing Effect output signal on the TE signal line
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_on(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, enummipi_dsi_dcs_tear_mode mode)¶ turn on the display module’s Tearing Effect output signal on the TE signal line.
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
enummipi_dsi_dcs_tear_modemode- the Tearing Effect Output Line mode
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_set_pixel_format(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, u8 format)¶ sets the pixel format for the RGB image data used by the interface
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
u8format- pixel format
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_scanline(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, u16 scanline)¶ set the scanline to use as trigger for the Tearing Effect output signal of the display module
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
u16scanline- scanline to use as trigger
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_brightness(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, u16 brightness)¶ sets the brightness value of the display
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
u16brightness- brightness value
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_dcs_get_display_brightness(structmipi_dsi_device * dsi, u16 * brightness)¶ gets the current brightness value of the display
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_device*dsi- DSI peripheral device
u16*brightness- brightness value
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
mipi_dsi_driver_register_full(structmipi_dsi_driver * drv, struct module * owner)¶ register a driver for DSI devices
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_driver*drv- DSI driver structure
structmodule*owner- owner module
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- void
mipi_dsi_driver_unregister(structmipi_dsi_driver * drv)¶ unregister a driver for DSI devices
Parameters
structmipi_dsi_driver*drv- DSI driver structure
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Display Stream Compression Helper Functions Reference¶
VESA specification for DP 1.4 adds a new feature called Display StreamCompression (DSC) used to compress the pixel bits before sending it onDP/eDP/MIPI DSI interface. DSC is required to be enabled so that the existingdisplay interfaces can support high resolutions at higher frames rates uisngthe maximum available link capacity of these interfaces.
These functions contain some common logic and helpers to deal with VESADisplay Stream Compression standard required for DSC on Display Port/eDP orMIPI display interfaces.
- struct
drm_dsc_rc_range_parameters¶ DSC Rate Control range parameters
Definition
struct drm_dsc_rc_range_parameters { u8 range_min_qp; u8 range_max_qp; u8 range_bpg_offset;};Members
range_min_qp- Min Quantization Parameters allowed for this range
range_max_qp- Max Quantization Parameters allowed for this range
range_bpg_offset- Bits/group offset to apply to target for this group
Description
This defines different rate control parameters used by the DSC engineto compress the frame.
- struct
drm_dsc_config¶ Parameters required to configure DSC
Definition
struct drm_dsc_config { u8 line_buf_depth; u8 bits_per_component; bool convert_rgb; u8 slice_count; u16 slice_width; u16 slice_height; bool simple_422; u16 pic_width; u16 pic_height; u8 rc_tgt_offset_high; u8 rc_tgt_offset_low; u16 bits_per_pixel; u8 rc_edge_factor; u8 rc_quant_incr_limit1; u8 rc_quant_incr_limit0; u16 initial_xmit_delay; u16 initial_dec_delay; bool block_pred_enable; u8 first_line_bpg_offset; u16 initial_offset; u16 rc_buf_thresh[DSC_NUM_BUF_RANGES - 1]; struct drm_dsc_rc_range_parameters rc_range_params[DSC_NUM_BUF_RANGES]; u16 rc_model_size; u8 flatness_min_qp; u8 flatness_max_qp; u8 initial_scale_value; u16 scale_decrement_interval; u16 scale_increment_interval; u16 nfl_bpg_offset; u16 slice_bpg_offset; u16 final_offset; bool vbr_enable; u8 mux_word_size; u16 slice_chunk_size; u16 rc_bits; u8 dsc_version_minor; u8 dsc_version_major; bool native_422; bool native_420; u8 second_line_bpg_offset; u16 nsl_bpg_offset; u16 second_line_offset_adj;};Members
line_buf_depth- Bits per component for previous reconstructed line buffer
bits_per_component- Bits per component to code (8/10/12)
convert_rgb- Flag to indicate if RGB - YCoCg conversion is neededTrue if RGB input, False if YCoCg input
slice_count- Number fo slices per line used by the DSC encoder
slice_width- Width of each slice in pixels
slice_height- Slice height in pixels
simple_422- True if simple 4_2_2 mode is enabled else False
pic_width- Width of the input display frame in pixels
pic_height- Vertical height of the input display frame
rc_tgt_offset_high- Offset to bits/group used by RC to determine QP adjustment
rc_tgt_offset_low- Offset to bits/group used by RC to determine QP adjustment
bits_per_pixel- Target bits per pixel with 4 fractional bits, bits_per_pixel << 4
rc_edge_factor- Factor to determine if an edge is present based on the bits produced
rc_quant_incr_limit1- Slow down incrementing once the range reaches this value
rc_quant_incr_limit0- Slow down incrementing once the range reaches this value
initial_xmit_delay- Number of pixels to delay the initial transmission
initial_dec_delay- Initial decoder delay, number of pixel times that the decoderaccumulates data in its rate buffer before starting to decodeand output pixels.
block_pred_enable- True if block prediction is used to code any groups within thepicture. False if BP not used
first_line_bpg_offset- Number of additional bits allocated for each group on the firstline of slice.
initial_offset- Value to use for RC model offset at slice start
rc_buf_thresh- Thresholds defining each of the buffer ranges
rc_range_params- Parameters for each of the RC ranges defined in
structdrm_dsc_rc_range_parameters rc_model_size- Total size of RC model
flatness_min_qp- Minimum QP where flatness information is sent
flatness_max_qp- Maximum QP where flatness information is sent
initial_scale_value- Initial value for the scale factor
scale_decrement_interval- Specifies number of group times between decrementing the scale factorat beginning of a slice.
scale_increment_interval- Number of group times between incrementing the scale factor valueused at the beginning of a slice.
nfl_bpg_offset- Non first line BPG offset to be used
slice_bpg_offset- BPG offset used to enforce slice bit
final_offset- Final RC linear transformation offset value
vbr_enable- True if VBR mode is enabled, false if disabled
mux_word_size- Mux word size (in bits) for SSM mode
slice_chunk_size- The (max) size in bytes of the “chunks” that are used in slicemultiplexing.
rc_bits- Rate control buffer size in bits
dsc_version_minor- DSC minor version
dsc_version_major- DSC major version
native_422- True if Native 4:2:2 supported, else false
native_420- True if Native 4:2:0 supported else false.
second_line_bpg_offset- Additional bits/grp for seconnd line of slice for native 4:2:0
nsl_bpg_offset- Num of bits deallocated for each grp that is not in second line ofslice
second_line_offset_adj- Offset adjustment for second line in Native 4:2:0 mode
Description
Driver populates this structure with all the parameters requiredto configure the display stream compression on the source.
- struct
drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set¶ Represents 128 bytes of Picture Parameter Set
Definition
struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set { u8 dsc_version; u8 pps_identifier; u8 pps_reserved; u8 pps_3; u8 pps_4; u8 bits_per_pixel_low; __be16 pic_height; __be16 pic_width; __be16 slice_height; __be16 slice_width; __be16 chunk_size; u8 initial_xmit_delay_high; u8 initial_xmit_delay_low; __be16 initial_dec_delay; u8 pps20_reserved; u8 initial_scale_value; __be16 scale_increment_interval; u8 scale_decrement_interval_high; u8 scale_decrement_interval_low; u8 pps26_reserved; u8 first_line_bpg_offset; __be16 nfl_bpg_offset; __be16 slice_bpg_offset; __be16 initial_offset; __be16 final_offset; u8 flatness_min_qp; u8 flatness_max_qp; __be16 rc_model_size; u8 rc_edge_factor; u8 rc_quant_incr_limit0; u8 rc_quant_incr_limit1; u8 rc_tgt_offset; u8 rc_buf_thresh[DSC_NUM_BUF_RANGES - 1]; __be16 rc_range_parameters[DSC_NUM_BUF_RANGES]; u8 native_422_420; u8 second_line_bpg_offset; __be16 nsl_bpg_offset; __be16 second_line_offset_adj; u32 pps_long_94_reserved; u32 pps_long_98_reserved; u32 pps_long_102_reserved; u32 pps_long_106_reserved; u32 pps_long_110_reserved; u32 pps_long_114_reserved; u32 pps_long_118_reserved; u32 pps_long_122_reserved; __be16 pps_short_126_reserved;};Members
dsc_version- PPS0[3:0] - dsc_version_minor: Contains Minor version of DSCPPS0[7:4] - dsc_version_major: Contains major version of DSC
pps_identifier- PPS1[7:0] - Application specific identifier that can beused to differentiate between different PPS tables.
pps_reserved- PPS2[7:0]- RESERVED Byte
pps_3- PPS3[3:0] - linebuf_depth: Contains linebuffer bit depth used togenerate the bitstream. (0x0 - 16 bits for DSC 1.2, 0x8 - 8 bits,0xA - 10 bits, 0xB - 11 bits, 0xC - 12 bits, 0xD - 13 bits,0xE - 14 bits for DSC1.2, 0xF - 14 bits for DSC 1.2.PPS3[7:4] - bits_per_component: Bits per component for the originalpixels of the encoded picture.0x0 = 16bpc (allowed only when dsc_version_minor = 0x2)0x8 = 8bpc, 0xA = 10bpc, 0xC = 12bpc, 0xE = 14bpc (alsoallowed only when dsc_minor_version = 0x2)
pps_4- PPS4[1:0] -These are the most significant 2 bits ofcompressed BPP bits_per_pixel[9:0] syntax element.PPS4[2] - vbr_enable: 0 = VBR disabled, 1 = VBR enabledPPS4[3] - simple_422: Indicates if decoder drops samples toreconstruct the 4:2:2 picture.PPS4[4] - Convert_rgb: Indicates if DSC color space conversion isactive.PPS4[5] - blobk_pred_enable: Indicates if BP is used to code anygroups in picturePPS4[7:6] - Reseved bits
bits_per_pixel_low- PPS5[7:0] - This indicates the lower significant 8 bits ofthe compressed BPP bits_per_pixel[9:0] element.
pic_height- PPS6[7:0], PPS7[7:0] -pic_height: Specifies the number of pixel rowswithin the raster.
pic_width- PPS8[7:0], PPS9[7:0] - pic_width: Number of pixel columns withinthe raster.
slice_height- PPS10[7:0], PPS11[7:0] - Slice height in units of pixels.
slice_width- PPS12[7:0], PPS13[7:0] - Slice width in terms of pixels.
chunk_size- PPS14[7:0], PPS15[7:0] - Size in units of bytes of the chunksthat are used for slice multiplexing.
initial_xmit_delay_high- PPS16[1:0] - Most Significant two bits of initial transmission delay.It specifies the number of pixel times that the encoder waits beforetransmitting data from its rate buffer.PPS16[7:2] - Reserved
initial_xmit_delay_low- PPS17[7:0] - Least significant 8 bits of initial transmission delay.
initial_dec_delay- PPS18[7:0], PPS19[7:0] - Initial decoding delay which is the numberof pixel times that the decoder accumulates data in its rate bufferbefore starting to decode and output pixels.
pps20_reserved- PPS20[7:0] - Reserved
initial_scale_value- PPS21[5:0] - Initial rcXformScale factor used at beginningof a slice.PPS21[7:6] - Reserved
scale_increment_interval- PPS22[7:0], PPS23[7:0] - Number of group times between incrementingthe rcXformScale factor at end of a slice.
scale_decrement_interval_high- PPS24[3:0] - Higher 4 bits indicating number of group times betweendecrementing the rcXformScale factor at beginning of a slice.PPS24[7:4] - Reserved
scale_decrement_interval_low- PPS25[7:0] - Lower 8 bits of scale decrement interval
pps26_reserved- PPS26[7:0]
first_line_bpg_offset- PPS27[4:0] - Number of additional bits that are allocatedfor each group on first line of a slice.PPS27[7:5] - Reserved
nfl_bpg_offset- PPS28[7:0], PPS29[7:0] - Number of bits including frac bitsdeallocated for each group for groups after the first line of slice.
slice_bpg_offset- PPS30, PPS31[7:0] - Number of bits that are deallocated for eachgroup to enforce the slice constraint.
initial_offset- PPS32,33[7:0] - Initial value for rcXformOffset
final_offset- PPS34,35[7:0] - Maximum end-of-slice value for rcXformOffset
flatness_min_qp- PPS36[4:0] - Minimum QP at which flatness is signaled andflatness QP adjustment is made.PPS36[7:5] - Reserved
flatness_max_qp- PPS37[4:0] - Max QP at which flatness is signalled andthe flatness adjustment is made.PPS37[7:5] - Reserved
rc_model_size- PPS38,39[7:0] - Number of bits within RC Model.
rc_edge_factor- PPS40[3:0] - Ratio of current activity vs, previousactivity to determine presence of edge.PPS40[7:4] - Reserved
rc_quant_incr_limit0- PPS41[4:0] - QP threshold used in short term RCPPS41[7:5] - Reserved
rc_quant_incr_limit1- PPS42[4:0] - QP threshold used in short term RCPPS42[7:5] - Reserved
rc_tgt_offset- PPS43[3:0] - Lower end of the variability range around the targetbits per group that is allowed by short term RC.PPS43[7:4]- Upper end of the variability range around the targetbits per group that i allowed by short term rc.
rc_buf_thresh- PPS44[7:0] - PPS57[7:0] - Specifies the thresholds in RC model forthe 15 ranges defined by 14 thresholds.
rc_range_parameters- PPS58[7:0] - PPS87[7:0]Parameters that correspond to each of the 15 ranges.
native_422_420- PPS88[0] - 0 = Native 4:2:2 not used1 = Native 4:2:2 usedPPS88[1] - 0 = Native 4:2:0 not use1 = Native 4:2:0 usedPPS88[7:2] - Reserved 6 bits
second_line_bpg_offset- PPS89[4:0] - Additional bits/group budget for thesecond line of a slice in Native 4:2:0 mode.Set to 0 if DSC minor version is 1 or native420 is 0.PPS89[7:5] - Reserved
nsl_bpg_offset- PPS90[7:0], PPS91[7:0] - Number of bits that are deallocatedfor each group that is not in the second line of a slice.
second_line_offset_adj- PPS92[7:0], PPS93[7:0] - Used as offset adjustment for the secondline in Native 4:2:0 mode.
pps_long_94_reserved- PPS 94, 95, 96, 97 - Reserved
pps_long_98_reserved- PPS 98, 99, 100, 101 - Reserved
pps_long_102_reserved- PPS 102, 103, 104, 105 - Reserved
pps_long_106_reserved- PPS 106, 107, 108, 109 - reserved
pps_long_110_reserved- PPS 110, 111, 112, 113 - reserved
pps_long_114_reserved- PPS 114 - 117 - reserved
pps_long_118_reserved- PPS 118 - 121 - reserved
pps_long_122_reserved- PPS 122- 125 - reserved
pps_short_126_reserved- PPS 126, 127 - reserved
Description
The VESA DSC standard defines picture parameter set (PPS) which displaystream compression encoders must communicate to decoders.The PPS is encapsulated in 128 bytes (PPS 0 through PPS 127). The fields inthis structure are as per Table 4.1 in Vesa DSC specification v1.1/v1.2.The PPS fields that span over more than a byte should be stored in Big Endianformat.
- struct
drm_dsc_pps_infoframe¶ DSC infoframe carrying the Picture Parameter Set Metadata
Definition
struct drm_dsc_pps_infoframe { struct dp_sdp_header pps_header; struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set pps_payload;};Members
pps_header- Header for PPS as per DP SDP header format of type
structdp_sdp_header pps_payload- PPS payload fields as per DSC specification Table 4-1as represented in
structdrm_dsc_picture_parameter_set
Description
This structure represents the DSC PPS infoframe required to send the PictureParameter Set metadata required before enabling VESA Display StreamCompression. This is based on the DP Secondary Data Packet structure andcomprises of SDP Header as definedstructdp_sdp_header in drm_dp_helper.hand PPS payload defined instructdrm_dsc_picture_parameter_set.
- void
drm_dsc_dp_pps_header_init(structdp_sdp_header * pps_header)¶ Initializes the PPS Header for DisplayPort as per the DP 1.4 spec.
Parameters
structdp_sdp_header*pps_header- Secondary data packet header for DSC PictureParameter Set as defined in
structdp_sdp_header
Description
DP 1.4 spec defines the secondary data packet for sending thepicture parameter infoframes from the source to the sink.This function populates the SDP header defined instructdp_sdp_header.
- void
drm_dsc_pps_payload_pack(structdrm_dsc_picture_parameter_set * pps_payload, const structdrm_dsc_config * dsc_cfg)¶ Populates the DSC PPS
Parameters
structdrm_dsc_picture_parameter_set*pps_payload- Bitwise struct for DSC Picture Parameter Set. This is definedby
structdrm_dsc_picture_parameter_set conststructdrm_dsc_config*dsc_cfg- DSC Configuration data filled by driver as defined by
structdrm_dsc_config
Description
DSC source device sends a picture parameter set (PPS) containing theinformation required by the sink to decode the compressed frame. Driverpopulates the DSC PPS struct using the DSC configuration parameters inthe order expected by the DSC Display Sink device. For the DSC, the sinkdevice expects the PPS payload in big endian format for fieldsthat span more than 1 byte.
- int
drm_dsc_compute_rc_parameters(structdrm_dsc_config * vdsc_cfg)¶ Write rate control parameters to the dsc configuration defined in
structdrm_dsc_configin accordance with the DSC 1.2 specification. Some configuration fields must be present beforehand.
Parameters
structdrm_dsc_config*vdsc_cfg- DSC Configuration data partially filled by driver
Output Probing Helper Functions Reference¶
This library provides some helper code for output probing. It provides animplementation of the coredrm_connector_funcs.fill_modes interface withdrm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes().
It also provides support for polling connectors with a work item and forgeneric hotplug interrupt handling where the driver doesn’t or cannot keeptrack of a per-connector hpd interrupt.
This helper library can be used independently of the modeset helper library.Drivers can also overwrite different parts e.g. use their own hotplughandling code to avoid probing unrelated outputs.
The probe helpers share the function table structures with other displayhelper libraries. Seestructdrm_connector_helper_funcs for the details.
- void
drm_kms_helper_poll_enable(structdrm_device * dev)¶ re-enable output polling.
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- drm_device
Description
This function re-enables the output polling work, after it has beentemporarily disabled usingdrm_kms_helper_poll_disable(), for example oversuspend/resume.
Drivers can call this helper from their device resume implementation. It isnot an error to call this even when output polling isn’t enabled.
Note that calls to enable and disable polling must be strictly ordered, whichis automatically the case when they’re only call from suspend/resumecallbacks.
- int
drm_helper_probe_detect(structdrm_connector * connector, structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx, bool force)¶ probe connector status
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- connector to probe
structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx*ctx- acquire_ctx, or NULL to let this function handle locking.
boolforce- Whether destructive probe operations should be performed.
Description
This function calls the detect callbacks of the connector.This function returnsdrm_connector_status, orifctx is set, it might also return -EDEADLK.
- int
drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(structdrm_connector * connector, uint32_t maxX, uint32_t maxY)¶ get complete set of display modes
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- connector to probe
uint32_tmaxX- max width for modes
uint32_tmaxY- max height for modes
Description
Based on the helper callbacks implemented byconnector in structdrm_connector_helper_funcs try to detect all valid modes. Modes will firstbe added to the connector’s probed_modes list, then culled (based on validityand themaxX,maxY parameters) and put into the normal modes list.
Intended to be used as a generic implementation of thedrm_connector_funcs.fill_modes() vfunc for drivers that use the CRTC helpersfor output mode filtering and detection.
The basic procedure is as follows
All modes currently on the connector’s modes list are marked as stale
New modes are added to the connector’s probed_modes list with
drm_mode_probed_add(). New modes start their life with status as OK.Modes are added from a single source using the following priority order.drm_connector_helper_funcs.get_modesvfunc- if the connector status is connector_status_connected, standardVESA DMT modes up to 1024x768 are automatically added(
drm_add_modes_noedid())
Finally modes specified via the kernel command line (video=…) areadded in addition to what the earlier probes produced(drm_helper_probe_add_cmdline_mode()). These modes are generatedusing the VESA GTF/CVT formulas.
Modes are moved from the probed_modes list to the modes list. Potentialduplicates are merged together (see
drm_connector_list_update()).After this step the probed_modes list will be empty again.Any non-stale mode on the modes list then undergoes validation
- drm_mode_validate_basic() performs basic sanity checks
drm_mode_validate_size()filters out modes larger thanmaxX andmaxY(if specified)- drm_mode_validate_flag() checks the modes against basic connectorcapabilities (interlace_allowed,doublescan_allowed,stereo_allowed)
- the optional
drm_connector_helper_funcs.mode_validordrm_connector_helper_funcs.mode_valid_ctxhelpers can perform driverand/or sink specific checks - the optional
drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_valid,drm_bridge_funcs.mode_validanddrm_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_validhelpers can perform driver and/or source specific checks which are alsoenforced by the modeset/atomic helpers
Any mode whose status is not OK is pruned from the connector’s modes list,accompanied by a debug message indicating the reason for the mode’srejection (see
drm_mode_prune_invalid()).
Return
The number of modes found onconnector.
- void
drm_kms_helper_hotplug_event(structdrm_device * dev)¶ fire off KMS hotplug events
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- drm_device whose connector state changed
Description
This function fires off the uevent for userspace and also calls theoutput_poll_changed function, which is most commonly used to inform the fbdevemulation code and allow it to update the fbcon output configuration.
Drivers should call this from their hotplug handling code when a change isdetected. Note that this function does not do any output detection of itsown, likedrm_helper_hpd_irq_event() does - this is assumed to be done by thedriver already.
This function must be called from process context with no modesetting locks held.
- bool
drm_kms_helper_is_poll_worker(void)¶ is
currenttask an output poll worker?
Parameters
void- no arguments
Description
Determine ifcurrent task is an output poll worker. This can be usedto select distinct code paths for output polling versus other contexts.
One use case is to avoid a deadlock between the output poll worker andthe autosuspend worker wherein the latter waits for polling to finishupon callingdrm_kms_helper_poll_disable(), while the former waits forruntime suspend to finish upon calling pm_runtime_get_sync() in aconnector ->detect hook.
- void
drm_kms_helper_poll_disable(structdrm_device * dev)¶ disable output polling
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- drm_device
Description
This function disables the output polling work.
Drivers can call this helper from their device suspend implementation. It isnot an error to call this even when output polling isn’t enabled or alreadydisabled. Polling is re-enabled by callingdrm_kms_helper_poll_enable().
Note that calls to enable and disable polling must be strictly ordered, whichis automatically the case when they’re only call from suspend/resumecallbacks.
- void
drm_kms_helper_poll_init(structdrm_device * dev)¶ initialize and enable output polling
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- drm_device
Description
This function intializes and then also enables output polling support fordev. Drivers which do not have reliable hotplug support in hardware can usethis helper infrastructure to regularly poll such connectors for changes intheir connection state.
Drivers can control which connectors are polled by setting theDRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_CONNECT and DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_DISCONNECT flags. Onconnectors where probing live outputs can result in visual distortion driversshould not set the DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_DISCONNECT flag to avoid this.Connectors which have no flag or only DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_HPD set arecompletely ignored by the polling logic.
Note that a connector can be both polled and probed from the hotplug handler,in case the hotplug interrupt is known to be unreliable.
- void
drm_kms_helper_poll_fini(structdrm_device * dev)¶ disable output polling and clean it up
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- drm_device
- bool
drm_helper_hpd_irq_event(structdrm_device * dev)¶ hotplug processing
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- drm_device
Description
Drivers can use this helper function to run a detect cycle on all connectorswhich have the DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_HPD flag set in theirpolled member. Allother connectors are ignored, which is useful to avoid reprobing fixedpanels.
This helper function is useful for drivers which can’t or don’t track hotpluginterrupts for each connector.
Drivers which support hotplug interrupts for each connector individually andwhich have a more fine-grained detect logic should bypass this code anddirectly calldrm_kms_helper_hotplug_event() in case the connector statechanged.
This function must be called from process context with no modesetting locks held.
Note that a connector can be both polled and probed from the hotplug handler,in case the hotplug interrupt is known to be unreliable.
EDID Helper Functions Reference¶
- bool
drm_edid_are_equal(const struct edid * edid1, const struct edid * edid2)¶ compare two edid blobs.
Parameters
conststructedid*edid1- pointer to first blob
conststructedid*edid2- pointer to second blobThis helper can be used during probing to determine ifedid had changed.
- int
drm_eld_mnl(const uint8_t * eld)¶ Get ELD monitor name length in bytes.
Parameters
constuint8_t*eld- pointer to an eld memory structure with mnl set
- const uint8_t *
drm_eld_sad(const uint8_t * eld)¶ Get ELD SAD structures.
Parameters
constuint8_t*eld- pointer to an eld memory structure with sad_count set
- int
drm_eld_sad_count(const uint8_t * eld)¶ Get ELD SAD count.
Parameters
constuint8_t*eld- pointer to an eld memory structure with sad_count set
- int
drm_eld_calc_baseline_block_size(const uint8_t * eld)¶ Calculate baseline block size in bytes
Parameters
constuint8_t*eld- pointer to an eld memory structure with mnl and sad_count set
Description
This is a helper for determining the payload size of the baseline block, inbytes, for e.g. setting the Baseline_ELD_Len field in the ELD header block.
- int
drm_eld_size(const uint8_t * eld)¶ Get ELD size in bytes
Parameters
constuint8_t*eld- pointer to a complete eld memory structure
Description
The returned value does not include the vendor block. It’s vendor specific,and comprises of the remaining bytes in the ELD memory buffer afterdrm_eld_size() bytes of header and baseline block.
The returned value is guaranteed to be a multiple of 4.
- u8
drm_eld_get_spk_alloc(const uint8_t * eld)¶ Get speaker allocation
Parameters
constuint8_t*eld- pointer to an ELD memory structure
Description
The returned value is the speakers mask. User has to useDRM_ELD_SPEAKERfield definitions to identify speakers.
- u8
drm_eld_get_conn_type(const uint8_t * eld)¶ Get device type hdmi/dp connected
Parameters
constuint8_t*eld- pointer to an ELD memory structure
Description
The caller need to useDRM_ELD_CONN_TYPE_HDMI orDRM_ELD_CONN_TYPE_DP toidentify the display type connected.
- int
drm_edid_header_is_valid(const u8 * raw_edid)¶ sanity check the header of the base EDID block
Parameters
constu8*raw_edid- pointer to raw base EDID block
Description
Sanity check the header of the base EDID block.
Return
8 if the header is perfect, down to 0 if it’s totally wrong.
- bool
drm_edid_are_equal(const struct edid * edid1, const struct edid * edid2) compare two edid blobs.
Parameters
conststructedid*edid1- pointer to first blob
conststructedid*edid2- pointer to second blobThis helper can be used during probing to determine ifedid had changed.
- bool
drm_edid_block_valid(u8 * raw_edid, int block, bool print_bad_edid, bool * edid_corrupt)¶ Sanity check the EDID block (base or extension)
Parameters
u8*raw_edid- pointer to raw EDID block
intblock- type of block to validate (0 for base, extension otherwise)
boolprint_bad_edid- if true, dump bad EDID blocks to the console
bool*edid_corrupt- if true, the header or checksum is invalid
Description
Validate a base or extension EDID block and optionally dump bad blocks tothe console.
Return
True if the block is valid, false otherwise.
- bool
drm_edid_is_valid(struct edid * edid)¶ sanity check EDID data
Parameters
structedid*edid- EDID data
Description
Sanity-check an entire EDID record (including extensions)
Return
True if the EDID data is valid, false otherwise.
- int
drm_add_override_edid_modes(structdrm_connector * connector)¶ add modes from override/firmware EDID
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- connector we’re probing
Description
Add modes from the override/firmware EDID, if available. Only to be used fromdrm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes() as a fallback for when DDC probefailed duringdrm_get_edid() and caused the override/firmware EDID to beskipped.
Return
The number of modes added or 0 if we couldn’t find any.
- struct edid *
drm_do_get_edid(structdrm_connector * connector, int (*get_edid_block)(void *data, u8 *buf, unsigned int block, size_t len), void * data)¶ get EDID data using a custom EDID block read function
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- connector we’re probing
int(*)(void*data,u8*buf,unsignedintblock,size_tlen)get_edid_block- EDID block read function
void*data- private data passed to the block read function
Description
When the I2C adapter connected to the DDC bus is hidden behind a device thatexposes a different interface to read EDID blocks this function can be usedto get EDID data using a custom block read function.
As in the general case the DDC bus is accessible by the kernel at the I2Clevel, drivers must make all reasonable efforts to expose it as an I2Cadapter and usedrm_get_edid() instead of abusing this function.
The EDID may be overridden using debugfs override_edid or firmare EDID(drm_load_edid_firmware() and drm.edid_firmware parameter), in this priorityorder. Having either of them bypasses actual EDID reads.
Return
Pointer to valid EDID or NULL if we couldn’t find any.
- bool
drm_probe_ddc(struct i2c_adapter * adapter)¶ probe DDC presence
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter to probe
Return
True on success, false on failure.
- struct edid *
drm_get_edid(structdrm_connector * connector, struct i2c_adapter * adapter)¶ get EDID data, if available
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- connector we’re probing
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter to use for DDC
Description
Poke the given I2C channel to grab EDID data if possible. If found,attach it to the connector.
Return
Pointer to valid EDID or NULL if we couldn’t find any.
- struct edid *
drm_get_edid_switcheroo(structdrm_connector * connector, struct i2c_adapter * adapter)¶ get EDID data for a vga_switcheroo output
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- connector we’re probing
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter to use for DDC
Description
Wrapper arounddrm_get_edid() for laptops with dual GPUs using one set ofoutputs. The wrapper adds the requisite vga_switcheroo calls to temporarilyswitch DDC to the GPU which is retrieving EDID.
Return
Pointer to valid EDID orNULL if we couldn’t find any.
- struct edid *
drm_edid_duplicate(const struct edid * edid)¶ duplicate an EDID and the extensions
Parameters
conststructedid*edid- EDID to duplicate
Return
Pointer to duplicated EDID or NULL on allocation failure.
- u8
drm_match_cea_mode(const structdrm_display_mode * to_match)¶ look for a CEA mode matching given mode
Parameters
conststructdrm_display_mode*to_match- display mode
Return
The CEA Video ID (VIC) of the mode or 0 if it isn’t a CEA-861mode.
- void
drm_edid_get_monitor_name(struct edid * edid, char * name, int bufsize)¶ fetch the monitor name from the edid
Parameters
structedid*edid- monitor EDID information
char*name- pointer to a character array to hold the name of the monitor
intbufsize- The size of the name buffer (should be at least 14 chars.)
- int
drm_edid_to_sad(struct edid * edid, struct cea_sad ** sads)¶ extracts SADs from EDID
Parameters
structedid*edid- EDID to parse
structcea_sad**sads- pointer that will be set to the extracted SADs
Description
Looks for CEA EDID block and extracts SADs (Short Audio Descriptors) from it.
Note
The returned pointer needs to be freed usingkfree().
Return
The number of found SADs or negative number on error.
- int
drm_edid_to_speaker_allocation(struct edid * edid, u8 ** sadb)¶ extracts Speaker Allocation Data Blocks from EDID
Parameters
structedid*edid- EDID to parse
u8**sadb- pointer to the speaker block
Description
Looks for CEA EDID block and extracts the Speaker Allocation Data Block from it.
Note
The returned pointer needs to be freed usingkfree().
Return
The number of found Speaker Allocation Blocks or negative number onerror.
- int
drm_av_sync_delay(structdrm_connector * connector, const structdrm_display_mode * mode)¶ compute the HDMI/DP sink audio-video sync delay
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- connector associated with the HDMI/DP sink
conststructdrm_display_mode*mode- the display mode
Return
The HDMI/DP sink’s audio-video sync delay in milliseconds or 0 ifthe sink doesn’t support audio or video.
- bool
drm_detect_hdmi_monitor(struct edid * edid)¶ detect whether monitor is HDMI
Parameters
structedid*edid- monitor EDID information
Description
Parse the CEA extension according to CEA-861-B.
Drivers that have added the modes parsed from EDID to drm_display_infoshould usedrm_display_info.is_hdmi instead of calling this function.
Return
True if the monitor is HDMI, false if not or unknown.
- bool
drm_detect_monitor_audio(struct edid * edid)¶ check monitor audio capability
Parameters
structedid*edid- EDID block to scan
Description
Monitor should have CEA extension block.If monitor has ‘basic audio’, but no CEA audio blocks, it’s ‘basicaudio’ only. If there is any audio extension block and supportedaudio format, assume at least ‘basic audio’ support, even if ‘basicaudio’ is not defined in EDID.
Return
True if the monitor supports audio, false otherwise.
- enum hdmi_quantization_range
drm_default_rgb_quant_range(const structdrm_display_mode * mode)¶ default RGB quantization range
Parameters
conststructdrm_display_mode*mode- display mode
Description
Determine the default RGB quantization range for the mode,as specified in CEA-861.
Return
The default RGB quantization range for the mode
- int
drm_add_edid_modes(structdrm_connector * connector, struct edid * edid)¶ add modes from EDID data, if available
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- connector we’re probing
structedid*edid- EDID data
Description
Add the specified modes to the connector’s mode list. Also fills out thedrm_display_info structure and ELD inconnector with any information whichcan be derived from the edid.
Return
The number of modes added or 0 if we couldn’t find any.
- int
drm_add_modes_noedid(structdrm_connector * connector, int hdisplay, int vdisplay)¶ add modes for the connectors without EDID
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- connector we’re probing
inthdisplay- the horizontal display limit
intvdisplay- the vertical display limit
Description
Add the specified modes to the connector’s mode list. Only when thehdisplay/vdisplay is not beyond the given limit, it will be added.
Return
The number of modes added or 0 if we couldn’t find any.
- void
drm_set_preferred_mode(structdrm_connector * connector, int hpref, int vpref)¶ Sets the preferred mode of a connector
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- connector whose mode list should be processed
inthpref- horizontal resolution of preferred mode
intvpref- vertical resolution of preferred mode
Description
Marks a mode as preferred if it matches the resolution specified byhprefandvpref.
- int
drm_hdmi_infoframe_set_hdr_metadata(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame, const structdrm_connector_state * conn_state)¶ fill an HDMI DRM infoframe with HDR metadata from userspace
Parameters
structhdmi_drm_infoframe*frame- HDMI DRM infoframe
conststructdrm_connector_state*conn_state- Connector state containing HDR metadata
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
drm_hdmi_avi_infoframe_from_display_mode(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame, const structdrm_connector * connector, const structdrm_display_mode * mode)¶ fill an HDMI AVI infoframe with data from a DRM display mode
Parameters
structhdmi_avi_infoframe*frame- HDMI AVI infoframe
conststructdrm_connector*connector- the connector
conststructdrm_display_mode*mode- DRM display mode
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- void
drm_hdmi_avi_infoframe_colorspace(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame, const structdrm_connector_state * conn_state)¶ fill the HDMI AVI infoframe colorspace information
Parameters
structhdmi_avi_infoframe*frame- HDMI AVI infoframe
conststructdrm_connector_state*conn_state- connector state
- void
drm_hdmi_avi_infoframe_quant_range(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame, const structdrm_connector * connector, const structdrm_display_mode * mode, enum hdmi_quantization_range rgb_quant_range)¶ fill the HDMI AVI infoframe quantization range information
Parameters
structhdmi_avi_infoframe*frame- HDMI AVI infoframe
conststructdrm_connector*connector- the connector
conststructdrm_display_mode*mode- DRM display mode
enumhdmi_quantization_rangergb_quant_range- RGB quantization range (Q)
- void
drm_hdmi_avi_infoframe_bars(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame, const structdrm_connector_state * conn_state)¶ fill the HDMI AVI infoframe bar information
Parameters
structhdmi_avi_infoframe*frame- HDMI AVI infoframe
conststructdrm_connector_state*conn_state- connector state
- int
drm_hdmi_vendor_infoframe_from_display_mode(struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame, const structdrm_connector * connector, const structdrm_display_mode * mode)¶ fill an HDMI infoframe with data from a DRM display mode
Parameters
structhdmi_vendor_infoframe*frame- HDMI vendor infoframe
conststructdrm_connector*connector- the connector
conststructdrm_display_mode*mode- DRM display mode
Description
Note that there’s is a need to send HDMI vendor infoframes only when using a4k or stereoscopic 3D mode. So when giving any other mode as input thisfunction will return -EINVAL, error that can be safely ignored.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
SCDC Helper Functions Reference¶
Status and Control Data Channel (SCDC) is a mechanism introduced by theHDMI 2.0 specification. It is a point-to-point protocol that allows theHDMI source and HDMI sink to exchange data. The same I2C interface thatis used to access EDID serves as the transport mechanism for SCDC.
- int
drm_scdc_readb(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, u8 offset, u8 * value)¶ read a single byte from SCDC
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter
u8offset- offset of register to read
u8*value- return location for the register value
Description
Reads a single byte from SCDC. This is a convenience wrapper around thedrm_scdc_read() function.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
drm_scdc_writeb(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, u8 offset, u8 value)¶ write a single byte to SCDC
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter
u8offset- offset of register to read
u8value- return location for the register value
Description
Writes a single byte to SCDC. This is a convenience wrapper around thedrm_scdc_write() function.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- ssize_t
drm_scdc_read(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, u8 offset, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ read a block of data from SCDC
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C controller
u8offset- start offset of block to read
void*buffer- return location for the block to read
size_tsize- size of the block to read
Description
Reads a block of data from SCDC, starting at a given offset.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure.
- ssize_t
drm_scdc_write(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, u8 offset, const void * buffer, size_t size)¶ write a block of data to SCDC
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C controller
u8offset- start offset of block to write
constvoid*buffer- block of data to write
size_tsize- size of the block to write
Description
Writes a block of data to SCDC, starting at a given offset.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure.
- bool
drm_scdc_get_scrambling_status(struct i2c_adapter * adapter)¶ what is status of scrambling?
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter for DDC channel
Description
Reads the scrambler status over SCDC, and checks thescrambling status.
Return
True if the scrambling is enabled, false otherwise.
- bool
drm_scdc_set_scrambling(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, bool enable)¶ enable scrambling
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter for DDC channel
boolenable- bool to indicate if scrambling is to be enabled/disabled
Description
Writes the TMDS config register over SCDC channel, and:enables scrambling when enable = 1disables scrambling when enable = 0
Return
True if scrambling is set/reset successfully, false otherwise.
- bool
drm_scdc_set_high_tmds_clock_ratio(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, bool set)¶ set TMDS clock ratio
Parameters
structi2c_adapter*adapter- I2C adapter for DDC channel
boolsetret or reset the high clock ratio
- TMDS clock ratio calculations go like this:
TMDS character = 10 bit TMDS encoded value
TMDS character rate = The rate at which TMDS characters aretransmitted (Mcsc)
TMDS bit rate = 10x TMDS character rate
- As per the spec:
TMDS clock rate for pixel clock < 340 MHz = 1x the characterrate = 1/10 pixel clock rate
TMDS clock rate for pixel clock > 340 MHz = 0.25x the characterrate = 1/40 pixel clock rate
- Writes to the TMDS config register over SCDC channel, and:
sets TMDS clock ratio to 1/40 when set = 1
sets TMDS clock ratio to 1/10 when set = 0
Return
True if write is successful, false otherwise.
HDMI Infoframes Helper Reference¶
Strictly speaking this is not a DRM helper library but generally useableby any driver interfacing with HDMI outputs like v4l or alsa drivers.But it nicely fits into the overall topic of mode setting helperlibraries and hence is also included here.
- struct
hdr_sink_metadata¶ HDR sink metadata
Definition
struct hdr_sink_metadata { __u32 metadata_type; union { struct hdr_static_metadata hdmi_type1; };};Members
metadata_type- Static_Metadata_Descriptor_ID.
{unnamed_union}- anonymous
hdmi_type1- HDR Metadata Infoframe.
Description
Metadata Information read from Sink’s EDID
- union
hdmi_infoframe¶ overall union of all abstract infoframe representations
Definition
union hdmi_infoframe { struct hdmi_any_infoframe any; struct hdmi_avi_infoframe avi; struct hdmi_spd_infoframe spd; union hdmi_vendor_any_infoframe vendor; struct hdmi_audio_infoframe audio; struct hdmi_drm_infoframe drm;};Members
any- generic infoframe
avi- avi infoframe
spd- spd infoframe
vendor- union of all vendor infoframes
audio- audio infoframe
drm- Dynamic Range and Mastering infoframe
Description
This is used by the generic pack function. This works since all infoframeshave the same header which also indicates which type of infoframe should bepacked.
- void
hdmi_avi_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame)¶ initialize an HDMI AVI infoframe
Parameters
structhdmi_avi_infoframe*frame- HDMI AVI infoframe
- int
hdmi_avi_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame)¶ check a HDMI AVI infoframe
Parameters
structhdmi_avi_infoframe*frame- HDMI AVI infoframe
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields(eg. length) based on other fields.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- ssize_t
hdmi_avi_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ write HDMI AVI infoframe to binary buffer
Parameters
conststructhdmi_avi_infoframe*frame- HDMI AVI infoframe
void*buffer- destination buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Packs the information contained in theframe structure into a binaryrepresentation that can be written into the corresponding controllerregisters. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 ofthe HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negativeerror code on failure.
- ssize_t
hdmi_avi_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ check a HDMI AVI infoframe, and write it to binary buffer
Parameters
structhdmi_avi_infoframe*frame- HDMI AVI infoframe
void*buffer- destination buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields(eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the informationcontained in theframe structure into a binary representation thatcan be written into the corresponding controller registers. This functionalso computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negativeerror code on failure.
- int
hdmi_spd_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_spd_infoframe * frame, const char * vendor, const char * product)¶ initialize an HDMI SPD infoframe
Parameters
structhdmi_spd_infoframe*frame- HDMI SPD infoframe
constchar*vendor- vendor string
constchar*product- product string
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
hdmi_spd_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_spd_infoframe * frame)¶ check a HDMI SPD infoframe
Parameters
structhdmi_spd_infoframe*frame- HDMI SPD infoframe
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields(eg. length) based on other fields.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- ssize_t
hdmi_spd_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_spd_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ write HDMI SPD infoframe to binary buffer
Parameters
conststructhdmi_spd_infoframe*frame- HDMI SPD infoframe
void*buffer- destination buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Packs the information contained in theframe structure into a binaryrepresentation that can be written into the corresponding controllerregisters. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 ofthe HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negativeerror code on failure.
- ssize_t
hdmi_spd_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_spd_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ check a HDMI SPD infoframe, and write it to binary buffer
Parameters
structhdmi_spd_infoframe*frame- HDMI SPD infoframe
void*buffer- destination buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields(eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the informationcontained in theframe structure into a binary representation thatcan be written into the corresponding controller registers. This functionalso computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negativeerror code on failure.
- int
hdmi_audio_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_audio_infoframe * frame)¶ initialize an HDMI audio infoframe
Parameters
structhdmi_audio_infoframe*frame- HDMI audio infoframe
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
hdmi_audio_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_audio_infoframe * frame)¶ check a HDMI audio infoframe
Parameters
structhdmi_audio_infoframe*frame- HDMI audio infoframe
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields(eg. length) based on other fields.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- ssize_t
hdmi_audio_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_audio_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ write HDMI audio infoframe to binary buffer
Parameters
conststructhdmi_audio_infoframe*frame- HDMI audio infoframe
void*buffer- destination buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Packs the information contained in theframe structure into a binaryrepresentation that can be written into the corresponding controllerregisters. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 ofthe HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negativeerror code on failure.
- ssize_t
hdmi_audio_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_audio_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ check a HDMI Audio infoframe, and write it to binary buffer
Parameters
structhdmi_audio_infoframe*frame- HDMI Audio infoframe
void*buffer- destination buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields(eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the informationcontained in theframe structure into a binary representation thatcan be written into the corresponding controller registers. This functionalso computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negativeerror code on failure.
- int
hdmi_vendor_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame)¶ initialize an HDMI vendor infoframe
Parameters
structhdmi_vendor_infoframe*frame- HDMI vendor infoframe
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
hdmi_vendor_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame)¶ check a HDMI vendor infoframe
Parameters
structhdmi_vendor_infoframe*frame- HDMI infoframe
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields(eg. length) based on other fields.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- ssize_t
hdmi_vendor_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ write a HDMI vendor infoframe to binary buffer
Parameters
conststructhdmi_vendor_infoframe*frame- HDMI infoframe
void*buffer- destination buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Packs the information contained in theframe structure into a binaryrepresentation that can be written into the corresponding controllerregisters. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 ofthe HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negativeerror code on failure.
- ssize_t
hdmi_vendor_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ check a HDMI Vendor infoframe, and write it to binary buffer
Parameters
structhdmi_vendor_infoframe*frame- HDMI Vendor infoframe
void*buffer- destination buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields(eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the informationcontained in theframe structure into a binary representation thatcan be written into the corresponding controller registers. This functionalso computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negativeerror code on failure.
- int
hdmi_drm_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame)¶ initialize an HDMI Dynaminc Range and mastering infoframe
Parameters
structhdmi_drm_infoframe*frame- HDMI DRM infoframe
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
hdmi_drm_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame)¶ check a HDMI DRM infoframe
Parameters
structhdmi_drm_infoframe*frame- HDMI DRM infoframe
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent.Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- ssize_t
hdmi_drm_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ write HDMI DRM infoframe to binary buffer
Parameters
conststructhdmi_drm_infoframe*frame- HDMI DRM infoframe
void*buffer- destination buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Packs the information contained in theframe structure into a binaryrepresentation that can be written into the corresponding controllerregisters. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 ofthe HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negativeerror code on failure.
- ssize_t
hdmi_drm_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ check a HDMI DRM infoframe, and write it to binary buffer
Parameters
structhdmi_drm_infoframe*frame- HDMI DRM infoframe
void*buffer- destination buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields(eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the informationcontained in theframe structure into a binary representation thatcan be written into the corresponding controller registers. This functionalso computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negativeerror code on failure.
- int
hdmi_infoframe_check(unionhdmi_infoframe * frame)¶ check a HDMI infoframe
Parameters
unionhdmi_infoframe*frame- HDMI infoframe
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields(eg. length) based on other fields.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- ssize_t
hdmi_infoframe_pack_only(const unionhdmi_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ write a HDMI infoframe to binary buffer
Parameters
constunionhdmi_infoframe*frame- HDMI infoframe
void*buffer- destination buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Packs the information contained in theframe structure into a binaryrepresentation that can be written into the corresponding controllerregisters. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 ofthe HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negativeerror code on failure.
- ssize_t
hdmi_infoframe_pack(unionhdmi_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶ check a HDMI infoframe, and write it to binary buffer
Parameters
unionhdmi_infoframe*frame- HDMI infoframe
void*buffer- destination buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields(eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the informationcontained in theframe structure into a binary representation thatcan be written into the corresponding controller registers. This functionalso computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negativeerror code on failure.
- void
hdmi_infoframe_log(const char * level, structdevice * dev, const unionhdmi_infoframe * frame)¶ log info of HDMI infoframe
Parameters
constchar*level- logging level
structdevice*dev- device
constunionhdmi_infoframe*frame- HDMI infoframe
- int
hdmi_drm_infoframe_unpack_only(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame, const void * buffer, size_t size)¶ unpack binary buffer of CTA-861-G DRM infoframe DataBytes to a HDMI DRM infoframe
Parameters
structhdmi_drm_infoframe*frame- HDMI DRM infoframe
constvoid*buffer- source buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Unpacks CTA-861-G DRM infoframe DataBytes contained in the binarybufferinto a structuredframe of the HDMI Dynamic Range and Mastering (DRM)infoframe.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- int
hdmi_infoframe_unpack(unionhdmi_infoframe * frame, const void * buffer, size_t size)¶ unpack binary buffer to a HDMI infoframe
Parameters
unionhdmi_infoframe*frame- HDMI infoframe
constvoid*buffer- source buffer
size_tsize- size of buffer
Description
Unpacks the information contained in binary bufferbuffer into a structuredframe of a HDMI infoframe.Also verifies the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4specification.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Rectangle Utilities Reference¶
Utility functions to help manage rectangular areas forclipping, scaling, etc. calculations.
- struct
drm_rect¶ two dimensional rectangle
Definition
struct drm_rect { int x1, y1, x2, y2;};Members
x1- horizontal starting coordinate (inclusive)
y1- vertical starting coordinate (inclusive)
x2- horizontal ending coordinate (exclusive)
y2- vertical ending coordinate (exclusive)
DRM_RECT_FMT()¶printf string for
structdrm_rect
Parameters
DRM_RECT_ARG(r)¶printf arguments for
structdrm_rect
Parameters
r- rectangle struct
DRM_RECT_FP_FMT()¶printf string for
structdrm_rectin 16.16 fixed point
Parameters
DRM_RECT_FP_ARG(r)¶printf arguments for
structdrm_rectin 16.16 fixed point
Parameters
r- rectangle struct
Description
This is useful for e.g. printing plane source rectangles, which are in 16.16fixed point.
- void
drm_rect_init(structdrm_rect * r, int x, int y, int width, int height)¶ initialize the rectangle from x/y/w/h
Parameters
structdrm_rect*r- rectangle
intx- x coordinate
inty- y coordinate
intwidth- width
intheight- height
Parameters
structdrm_rect*r- rectangle to be adjusted
intdw- horizontal adjustment
intdh- vertical adjustment
Description
Change the size of rectangler bydw in the horizontal direction,and bydh in the vertical direction, while keeping the centerofr stationary.
Positivedw anddh increase the size, negative values decrease it.
Parameters
structdrm_rect*r- rectangle to be tranlated
intdx- horizontal translation
intdy- vertical translation
Description
Move rectangler bydx in the horizontal direction,and bydy in the vertical direction.
- void
drm_rect_translate_to(structdrm_rect * r, int x, int y)¶ translate the rectangle to an absolute position
Parameters
structdrm_rect*r- rectangle to be tranlated
intx- horizontal position
inty- vertical position
Description
Move rectangler tox in the horizontal direction,and toy in the vertical direction.
Parameters
structdrm_rect*r- rectangle to be downscaled
inthorz- horizontal downscale factor
intvert- vertical downscale factor
Description
Divide the coordinates of rectangler byhorz andvert.
Parameters
conststructdrm_rect*r- rectangle whose width is returned
Return
The width of the rectangle.
Parameters
conststructdrm_rect*r- rectangle whose height is returned
Return
The height of the rectangle.
Parameters
conststructdrm_rect*r- rectangle whose visibility is returned
Return
true if the rectangle is visible,false otherwise.
- bool
drm_rect_equals(const structdrm_rect * r1, const structdrm_rect * r2)¶ determine if two rectangles are equal
Parameters
conststructdrm_rect*r1- first rectangle
conststructdrm_rect*r2- second rectangle
Return
true if the rectangles are equal,false otherwise.
Parameters
structdrm_rect*r1- first rectangle
conststructdrm_rect*r2- second rectangle
Description
Calculate the intersection of rectanglesr1 andr2.r1 will be overwritten with the intersection.
Return
true if rectangler1 is still visible after the operation,false otherwise.
- bool
drm_rect_clip_scaled(structdrm_rect * src, structdrm_rect * dst, const structdrm_rect * clip)¶ perform a scaled clip operation
Parameters
structdrm_rect*src- source window rectangle
structdrm_rect*dst- destination window rectangle
conststructdrm_rect*clip- clip rectangle
Description
Clip rectangledst by rectangleclip. Clip rectanglesrc by thethe corresponding amounts, retaining the vertical and horizontal scalingfactors fromsrc todst.
true if rectangledst is still visible after being clipped,false otherwise.
Return
- int
drm_rect_calc_hscale(const structdrm_rect * src, const structdrm_rect * dst, int min_hscale, int max_hscale)¶ calculate the horizontal scaling factor
Parameters
conststructdrm_rect*src- source window rectangle
conststructdrm_rect*dst- destination window rectangle
intmin_hscale- minimum allowed horizontal scaling factor
intmax_hscale- maximum allowed horizontal scaling factor
Description
Calculate the horizontal scaling factor as(src width) / (dst width).
If the scale is below 1 << 16, round down. If the scale is above1 << 16, round up. This will calculate the scale with the mostpessimistic limit calculation.
Return
The horizontal scaling factor, or errno of out of limits.
- int
drm_rect_calc_vscale(const structdrm_rect * src, const structdrm_rect * dst, int min_vscale, int max_vscale)¶ calculate the vertical scaling factor
Parameters
conststructdrm_rect*src- source window rectangle
conststructdrm_rect*dst- destination window rectangle
intmin_vscale- minimum allowed vertical scaling factor
intmax_vscale- maximum allowed vertical scaling factor
Description
Calculate the vertical scaling factor as(src height) / (dst height).
If the scale is below 1 << 16, round down. If the scale is above1 << 16, round up. This will calculate the scale with the mostpessimistic limit calculation.
Return
The vertical scaling factor, or errno of out of limits.
- void
drm_rect_debug_print(const char * prefix, const structdrm_rect * r, bool fixed_point)¶ print the rectangle information
Parameters
constchar*prefix- prefix string
conststructdrm_rect*r- rectangle to print
boolfixed_point- rectangle is in 16.16 fixed point format
- void
drm_rect_rotate(structdrm_rect * r, int width, int height, unsigned int rotation)¶ Rotate the rectangle
Parameters
structdrm_rect*r- rectangle to be rotated
intwidth- Width of the coordinate space
intheight- Height of the coordinate space
unsignedintrotation- Transformation to be applied
Description
Applyrotation to the coordinates of rectangler.
width andheight combined withrotation definethe location of the new origin.
width correcsponds to the horizontal andheightto the vertical axis of the untransformed coordinatespace.
- void
drm_rect_rotate_inv(structdrm_rect * r, int width, int height, unsigned int rotation)¶ Inverse rotate the rectangle
Parameters
structdrm_rect*r- rectangle to be rotated
intwidth- Width of the coordinate space
intheight- Height of the coordinate space
unsignedintrotation- Transformation whose inverse is to be applied
Description
Apply the inverse ofrotation to the coordinatesof rectangler.
width andheight combined withrotation definethe location of the new origin.
width correcsponds to the horizontal andheightto the vertical axis of the original untransformedcoordinate space, so that you never have to flipthem when doing a rotatation and its inverse.That is, if you do
drm_rect_rotate(&r, width, height, rotation);drm_rect_rotate_inv(&r, width, height, rotation);
you will always get back the original rectangle.
Flip-work Helper Reference¶
Util to queue up work to run from work-queue context after flip/vblank.Typically this can be used to defer unref of framebuffer’s, cursorbo’s, etc until after vblank. The APIs are all thread-safe.Moreover, drm_flip_work_queue_task and drm_flip_work_queue can be calledin atomic context.
- struct
drm_flip_task¶ flip work task
Definition
struct drm_flip_task { struct list_head node; void *data;};Members
node- list entry element
data- data to pass to
drm_flip_work.func
- struct
drm_flip_work¶ flip work queue
Definition
struct drm_flip_work { const char *name; drm_flip_func_t func; struct work_struct worker; struct list_head queued; struct list_head commited; spinlock_t lock;};Members
name- debug name
func- callback fxn called for each committed item
worker- worker which callsfunc
queued- queued tasks
commited- commited tasks
lock- lock to access queued and commited lists
- structdrm_flip_task *
drm_flip_work_allocate_task(void * data, gfp_t flags)¶ allocate a flip-work task
Parameters
void*data- data associated to the task
gfp_tflags- allocator flags
Description
Allocate a drm_flip_task object and attach private data to it.
- void
drm_flip_work_queue_task(structdrm_flip_work * work, structdrm_flip_task * task)¶ queue a specific task
Parameters
structdrm_flip_work*work- the flip-work
structdrm_flip_task*task- the task to handle
Description
Queues task, that will later be run (passed back to drm_flip_func_tfunc) on a work queue afterdrm_flip_work_commit() is called.
- void
drm_flip_work_queue(structdrm_flip_work * work, void * val)¶ queue work
Parameters
structdrm_flip_work*work- the flip-work
void*val- the value to queue
Description
Queues work, that will later be run (passed back to drm_flip_func_tfunc) on a work queue afterdrm_flip_work_commit() is called.
- void
drm_flip_work_commit(structdrm_flip_work * work, struct workqueue_struct * wq)¶ commit queued work
Parameters
structdrm_flip_work*work- the flip-work
structworkqueue_struct*wq- the work-queue to run the queued work on
Description
Trigger work previously queued bydrm_flip_work_queue() to runon a workqueue. The typical usage would be to queue work (viadrm_flip_work_queue()) at any point (from vblank irq and/orprior), and then from vblank irq commit the queued work.
- void
drm_flip_work_init(structdrm_flip_work * work, const char * name, drm_flip_func_t func)¶ initialize flip-work
Parameters
structdrm_flip_work*work- the flip-work to initialize
constchar*name- debug name
drm_flip_func_tfunc- the callback work function
Description
Initializes/allocates resources for the flip-work
- void
drm_flip_work_cleanup(structdrm_flip_work * work)¶ cleans up flip-work
Parameters
structdrm_flip_work*work- the flip-work to cleanup
Description
Destroy resources allocated for the flip-work
Auxiliary Modeset Helpers¶
This helper library contains various one-off functions which don’t really fitanywhere else in the DRM modeset helper library.
- void
drm_helper_move_panel_connectors_to_head(structdrm_device * dev)¶ move panels to the front in the connector list
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- drm device to operate on
Description
Some userspace presumes that the first connected connector is the maindisplay, where it’s supposed to display e.g. the login screen. Forlaptops, this should be the main panel. Use this function to sort all(eDP/LVDS/DSI) panels to the front of the connector list, instead ofpainstakingly trying to initialize them in the right order.
- void
drm_helper_mode_fill_fb_struct(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_framebuffer * fb, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd)¶ fill out framebuffer metadata
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_framebuffer*fb- drm_framebuffer object to fill out
conststructdrm_mode_fb_cmd2*mode_cmd- metadata from the userspace fb creation request
Description
This helper can be used in a drivers fb_create callback to pre-fill the fb’smetadata fields.
- int
drm_crtc_init(structdrm_device * dev, structdrm_crtc * crtc, const structdrm_crtc_funcs * funcs)¶ Legacy CRTC initialization function
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdrm_crtc*crtc- CRTC object to init
conststructdrm_crtc_funcs*funcs- callbacks for the new CRTC
Description
Initialize a CRTC object with a default helper-provided primary plane and nocursor plane.
Note that we make some assumptions about hardware limitations that may not betrue for all hardware:
- Primary plane cannot be repositioned.
- Primary plane cannot be scaled.
- Primary plane must cover the entire CRTC.
- Subpixel positioning is not supported.
- The primary plane must always be on if the CRTC is enabled.
This is purely a backwards compatibility helper for old drivers. Driversshould instead implement their own primary plane. Atomic drivers must do so.Drivers with the above hardware restriction can look into usingstructdrm_simple_display_pipe, which encapsulates the above limitations into a niceinterface.
Return
Zero on success, error code on failure.
- int
drm_mode_config_helper_suspend(structdrm_device * dev)¶ Modeset suspend helper
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
Description
This helper function takes care of suspending the modeset side. It disablesoutput polling if initialized, suspends fbdev if used and finally callsdrm_atomic_helper_suspend().If suspending fails, fbdev and polling is re-enabled.
See also:drm_kms_helper_poll_disable() anddrm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked().
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on error.
- int
drm_mode_config_helper_resume(structdrm_device * dev)¶ Modeset resume helper
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
Description
This helper function takes care of resuming the modeset side. It callsdrm_atomic_helper_resume(), resumes fbdev if used and enables output pollingif initiaized.
See also:drm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked() anddrm_kms_helper_poll_enable().
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on error.
OF/DT Helpers¶
A set of helper functions to aid DRM drivers in parsing standard DTproperties.
- uint32_t
drm_of_crtc_port_mask(structdrm_device * dev, struct device_node * port)¶ find the mask of a registered CRTC by port OF node
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdevice_node*port- port OF node
Description
Given a port OF node, return the possible mask of the correspondingCRTC within a device’s list of CRTCs. Returns zero if not found.
- uint32_t
drm_of_find_possible_crtcs(structdrm_device * dev, struct device_node * port)¶ find the possible CRTCs for an encoder port
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
structdevice_node*port- encoder port to scan for endpoints
Description
Scan all endpoints attached to a port, locate their attached CRTCs,and generate the DRM mask of CRTCs which may be attached to thisencoder.
See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt for the bindings.
- void
drm_of_component_match_add(structdevice * master, struct component_match ** matchptr, int (*compare)(structdevice *, void *), struct device_node * node)¶ Add a component helper OF node match rule
Parameters
structdevice*master- master device
structcomponent_match**matchptr- component match pointer
int(*)(structdevice*,void*)compare- compare function used for matching component
structdevice_node*node- of_node
- int
drm_of_component_probe(structdevice * dev, int (*compare_of)(structdevice *, void *), const structcomponent_master_ops * m_ops)¶ Generic probe function for a component based master
Parameters
structdevice*dev- master device containing the OF node
int(*)(structdevice*,void*)compare_of- compare function used for matching components
conststructcomponent_master_ops*m_ops- component master ops to be used
Description
Parse the platform device OF node and bind all the components associatedwith the master. Interface ports are added before the encoders in order tosatisfy their .bind requirementsSee Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt for the bindings.
Returns zero if successful, or one of the standard error codes if it fails.
- int
drm_of_find_panel_or_bridge(const struct device_node * np, int port, int endpoint, structdrm_panel ** panel, structdrm_bridge ** bridge)¶ return connected panel or bridge device
Parameters
conststructdevice_node*np- device tree node containing encoder output ports
intport- port in the device tree node
intendpoint- endpoint in the device tree node
structdrm_panel**panel- pointer to hold returned drm_panel
structdrm_bridge**bridge- pointer to hold returned drm_bridge
Description
Given a DT node’s port and endpoint number, find the connected node andreturn either the associated struct drm_panel or drm_bridge device. Eitherpanel orbridge must not be NULL.
Returns zero if successful, or one of the standard error codes if it fails.
- int
drm_of_lvds_get_dual_link_pixel_order(const struct device_node * port1, const struct device_node * port2)¶ Get LVDS dual-link pixel order
Parameters
conststructdevice_node*port1- First DT port node of the Dual-link LVDS source
conststructdevice_node*port2- Second DT port node of the Dual-link LVDS source
Description
An LVDS dual-link connection is made of two links, with even pixelstransitting on one link, and odd pixels on the other link. This functionreturns, for two ports of an LVDS dual-link source, which port shall transmitthe even and odd pixels, based on the requirements of the connected sink.
The pixel order is determined from the dual-lvds-even-pixels anddual-lvds-odd-pixels properties in the sink’s DT port nodes. If thoseproperties are not present, or if their usage is not valid, this functionreturns -EINVAL.
If either port is not connected, this function returns -EPIPE.
port1 andport2 are typically DT sibling nodes, but may have differentparents when, for instance, two separate LVDS encoders carry the even and oddpixels.
Return
- DRM_LVDS_DUAL_LINK_EVEN_ODD_PIXELS -port1 carries even pixels andport2carries odd pixels
- DRM_LVDS_DUAL_LINK_ODD_EVEN_PIXELS -port1 carries odd pixels andport2carries even pixels
- -EINVAL -port1 andport2 are not connected to a dual-link LVDS sink, orthe sink configuration is invalid
- -EPIPE - whenport1 orport2 are not connected
Legacy Plane Helper Reference¶
This helper library has two parts. The first part has support to implementprimary plane support on top of the normal CRTC configuration interface.Since the legacydrm_mode_config_funcs.set_config interface ties the primaryplane together with the CRTC state this does not allow userspace to disablethe primary plane itself. The default primary plane only expose XRBG8888 andARGB8888 as valid pixel formats for the attached framebuffer.
Drivers are highly recommended to implement proper support for primaryplanes, and newly merged drivers must not rely upon these transitionalhelpers.
The second part also implements transitional helpers which allow drivers togradually switch to the atomic helper infrastructure for plane updates. Oncethat switch is complete drivers shouldn’t use these any longer, instead usingthe proper legacy implementations for update and disable plane hooks providedby the atomic helpers.
Again drivers are strongly urged to switch to the new interfaces.
The plane helpers share the function table structures with other helpers,specifically also the atomic helpers. Seestructdrm_plane_helper_funcs forthe details.
Parameters
structdrm_plane*plane- plane to destroy
Description
Provides a default plane destroy handler for primary planes. This handleris called during CRTC destruction. We disable the primary plane, removeit from the DRM plane list, and deallocate the plane structure.
Legacy CRTC/Modeset Helper Functions Reference¶
The CRTC modeset helper library provides a default set_config implementationindrm_crtc_helper_set_config(). Plus a few other convenience functions usingthe same callbacks which drivers can use to e.g. restore the modesetconfiguration on resume withdrm_helper_resume_force_mode().
Note that this helper library doesn’t track the current power state of CRTCsand encoders. It can call callbacks likedrm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpms eventhough the hardware is already in the desired state. This deficiency has beenfixed in the atomic helpers.
The driver callbacks are mostly compatible with the atomic modeset helpers,except for the handling of the primary plane: Atomic helpers require that theprimary plane is implemented as a real standalone plane and not directly tiedto the CRTC state. For easier transition this library provides functions toimplement the old semantics required by the CRTC helpers using the new planeand atomic helper callbacks.
Drivers are strongly urged to convert to the atomic helpers (by way of firstconverting to the plane helpers). New drivers must not use these functionsbut need to implement the atomic interface instead, potentially using theatomic helpers for that.
These legacy modeset helpers use the same function table structures asall other modesetting helpers. See the documentation for structdrm_crtc_helper_funcs,structdrm_encoder_helper_funcs and structdrm_connector_helper_funcs.
- bool
drm_helper_encoder_in_use(structdrm_encoder * encoder)¶ check if a given encoder is in use
Parameters
structdrm_encoder*encoder- encoder to check
Description
Checks whetherencoder is with the current mode setting output configurationin use by any connector. This doesn’t mean that it is actually enabled sincethe DPMS state is tracked separately.
Return
True ifencoder is used, false otherwise.
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- CRTC to check
Description
Checks whethercrtc is with the current mode setting output configurationin use by any connector. This doesn’t mean that it is actually enabled sincethe DPMS state is tracked separately.
Return
True ifcrtc is used, false otherwise.
- void
drm_helper_disable_unused_functions(structdrm_device * dev)¶ disable unused objects
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device
Description
This function walks through the entire mode setting configuration ofdev. Itwill remove any CRTC links of unused encoders and encoder links ofdisconnected connectors. Then it will disable all unused encoders and CRTCseither by calling their disable callback if available or by calling theirdpms callback with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF.
This function is part of the legacy modeset helper library and will causemajor confusion with atomic drivers. This is because atomic helpers guaranteeto never call ->disable() hooks on a disabled function, or ->enable() hookson an enabled functions.drm_helper_disable_unused_functions() on the otherhand throws such guarantees into the wind and calls disable hooksunconditionally on unused functions.
NOTE
- bool
drm_crtc_helper_set_mode(structdrm_crtc * crtc, structdrm_display_mode * mode, int x, int y, structdrm_framebuffer * old_fb)¶ internal helper to set a mode
Parameters
structdrm_crtc*crtc- CRTC to program
structdrm_display_mode*mode- mode to use
intx- horizontal offset into the surface
inty- vertical offset into the surface
structdrm_framebuffer*old_fb- old framebuffer, for cleanup
Description
Try to setmode oncrtc. Givecrtc and its associated connectors a chanceto fixup or reject the mode prior to trying to set it. This is an internalhelper that drivers could e.g. use to update properties that require theentire output pipe to be disabled and re-enabled in a new configuration. Forexample for changing whether audio is enabled on a hdmi link or for changingpanel fitter or dither attributes. It is also called by thedrm_crtc_helper_set_config() helper function to drive the mode settingsequence.
Return
True if the mode was set successfully, false otherwise.
- int
drm_crtc_helper_set_config(structdrm_mode_set * set, structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶ set a new config from userspace
Parameters
structdrm_mode_set*set- mode set configuration
structdrm_modeset_acquire_ctx*ctx- lock acquire context, not used here
Description
Thedrm_crtc_helper_set_config() helper function implements the ofdrm_crtc_funcs.set_config callback for drivers using the legacy CRTChelpers.
It first tries to locate the best encoder for each connector by calling theconnectordrm_connector_helper_funcs.best_encoder helper operation.
After locating the appropriate encoders, the helper function will call themode_fixup encoder and CRTC helper operations to adjust the requested mode,or reject it completely in which case an error will be returned to theapplication. If the new configuration after mode adjustment is identical tothe current configuration the helper function will return without performingany other operation.
If the adjusted mode is identical to the current mode but changes to theframe buffer need to be applied, thedrm_crtc_helper_set_config() functionwill call the CRTCdrm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_set_base helper operation.
If the adjusted mode differs from the current mode, or if the->mode_set_base() helper operation is not provided, the helper functionperforms a full mode set sequence by calling the ->prepare(), ->mode_set()and ->commit() CRTC and encoder helper operations, in that order.Alternatively it can also use the dpms and disable helper operations. Fordetails seestructdrm_crtc_helper_funcs and structdrm_encoder_helper_funcs.
This function is deprecated. New drivers must implement atomic modesetsupport, for which this function is unsuitable. Instead drivers should usedrm_atomic_helper_set_config().
Return
Returns 0 on success, negative errno numbers on failure.
- int
drm_helper_connector_dpms(structdrm_connector * connector, int mode)¶ connector dpms helper implementation
Parameters
structdrm_connector*connector- affected connector
intmode- DPMS mode
Description
Thedrm_helper_connector_dpms() helper function implements thedrm_connector_funcs.dpms callback for drivers using the legacy CRTChelpers.
This is the main helper function provided by the CRTC helper framework forimplementing the DPMS connector attribute. It computes the new desired DPMSstate for all encoders and CRTCs in the output mesh and calls thedrm_crtc_helper_funcs.dpms anddrm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpms callbacksprovided by the driver.
This function is deprecated. New drivers must implement atomic modesetsupport, where DPMS is handled in the DRM core.
Return
Always returns 0.
- void
drm_helper_resume_force_mode(structdrm_device * dev)¶ force-restore mode setting configuration
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- drm_device which should be restored
Description
Drivers which use the mode setting helpers can use this function toforce-restore the mode setting configuration e.g. on resume or when somethingelse might have trampled over the hw state (like some overzealous old BIOSentended to do).
This helper doesn’t provide a error return value since restoring the oldconfig should never fail due to resource allocation issues since the driverhas successfully set the restored configuration already. Hence this shouldboil down to the equivalent of a few dpms on calls, which also don’t providean error code.
Drivers where simply restoring an old configuration again might fail (e.g.due to slight differences in allocating shared resources when theconfiguration is restored in a different order than when userspace set it up)need to use their own restore logic.
This function is deprecated. New drivers should implement atomic mode-setting and use the atomic suspend/resume helpers.
See also:drm_atomic_helper_suspend(),drm_atomic_helper_resume()
- int
drm_helper_force_disable_all(structdrm_device * dev)¶ Forcibly turn off all enabled CRTCs
Parameters
structdrm_device*dev- DRM device whose CRTCs to turn off
Description
Drivers may want to call this on unload to ensure that all displays areunlit and the GPU is in a consistent, low power state. Takes modeset locks.
Note
This should only be used by non-atomic legacy drivers. For an atomicversion look atdrm_atomic_helper_shutdown().
Return
Zero on success, error code on failure.